S
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks, TOPJOB® S
Front-Entry Wiring
5
Through, Ground Conductor, Shield and Ex Terminal Blocks
0.14 mm² to 16 (25 “f-st”) mm² (24–4 AWG)
2000 – 2016 Series
Page
10
Multilevel Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks
1 (1.5) mm² (16 AWG) and 2.5 (4) mm² (12 AWG)
2000/2002 Series
24
Disconnect/Test/Fuse Terminal Blocks and Through Terminal
Blocks of Same Profile
0.25 mm² to 2.5 (4) mm² (22–12 AWG)
2002 Series
42
Fuse Disconnect Terminal Blocks with Pivoting Fuse Holder
0.25 mm² to 2.5 (4) mm² (22–12 AWG)
2002 Series
50
Disconnect, Ground Conductor Disconnect Terminal Blocks and
Fuse Terminal Blocks
0.5 mm² to 6 (10) mm² (20–8 AWG)
2006 Series
60
Disconnect/Test Terminal Blocks for Current and Voltage Transformer Circuits
0.5 mm² to 6 (10) mm² (20–8 AWG)
2007 Series
72
Fuse Plugs on Carrier Terminal Blocks
2004/2006 Series
76
Diode and LED Terminal Blocks
0.25 mm² to 4 (6) mm² (22–10 AWG)
2001/2002/2004 Series
80
Multilevel Diode and LED Terminal Blocks
0.25 mm² to 2.5 (4) mm² (22–12 AWG)
2002 Series
86
Diode, LED Modules and Empty Component Plug Housings
2002 Series
90
Accessories for TOPJOB® S Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks
– Banana Plugs
– Marking Accessories
– Various Jumpers
– Step-Down Jumpers for Through Terminal Blocks
– Connectors and Connector Strips
1
2001 – 2016 Series
292
108
101
23
96
1
1
6
CAGE CLAMP®S Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks
2000 to 2016 Series
Simply push-in
Conductor termination
Insulation stop
Directly insert solid and ferruled conductors.
Terminating fine-stranded conductors using an operating
tool.
Conductor termination – Insulation stop.
Simply jumpered
CAGE CLAMP® S for all conductor types
Insert push-in type jumper bar and push down firmly until
it hits the backstop.
Customizable push-in type jumper
bars
Breaking off jumper contacts (2000, 2001, 2002, 2004
Series)
Customizable push-in type jumper
bars
Marking a customized push-in type jumper bar using a
felt-tip pen.
Step-down jumpers
Star point jumpers
Commoning with step-down jumpers.
Star point jumpers designed for ‘Y‘ configuration
CAGE CLAMP®S
clamps the following
copper conductors:*
solid
* For aluminum conductors, see notes in Section 14.
stranded
fine-stranded,
also with tinned
single strands
S
– Description and Handling –
TOPJOB®S connectors
Simply smaller
1
7
Testing tap
1
Up to 30% more compact. Advantage: More wiring
space or smaller switch cabinets/junction boxes.
TOPJOB® S Connectors for the 2001 to 2016 Series can
be easily inserted into jumper slots to provide an additional power tap.
Testing tap suited for 2000 to 2016 Series terminal
blocks. Tool-free connections for individual test wires up to
2.5 mm²/AWG 12.
Test plug adapter
The test plug adapter for 4 mm Ø plugs is suited for 2000
to 2016 Series terminal blocks.
Simply marked
Marker strips for center marking
Wire jumpers
Marking
Marking
Push down the wire jumper until fully inserted.
Lift the jumper with an operating tool for rewiring.
WMB Inline
WMB markers on roll
TOPJOB®S group marker carrier, snap-on type for jumper
slot
fine-stranded,
tip-bonded
fine-stranded,
with ferrule
(gastight crimped)
fine-stranded,
with pin terminal
(gastight crimped)
1
8
– Simply Push-In –
Conductor Termination/Removal
Handling Ex e/Ex i Separators
S
Tool-Free Terminations
Stripped solid, ferruled or ultrasonically “bonded” conductors are easily terminated by simply pushing them into a
contact.
This advantage significantly reduces costs for conductors
rated 0.5 mm² to 16 mm² (AWG 20-4) in applications
such as electrical installations or factory wiring.
Stranded conductors with ferrules
from at least two sizes below the rated cross section up to
the rated cross section can also be simply pushed in –
without tools.
Conductor termination – Push-in connection
Solid conductors with cross sections from either one size
above, or up to two sizes below, the rated cross section
can be inserted directly – without tools.
TOPJOB® S features universal CAGE CLAMP® S connection technology for all conductor types.
Conductor termination with operating tool
Connecting fine-stranded conductors without ferrules, or
small cross-sectional conductors that cannot be pushed in,
is performed similarly to the original CAGE CLAMP® - just
use an operating tool.
The smart feature:
To open the clamp, the operating tool is inserted vertically.
The conductor entry is less than 15 degrees resulting in
easier wiring.
Conductor removal
Like the original CAGE CLAMP® an operating tool is used
for conductor removal with CAGE CLAMP®S.
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications
An end plate must be applied to the terminal block located
directly behind an Ex e/Ex i separator plate.
Ex e II/Ex i terminal strip
Notice:
The movable feet of terminal blocks and separator plates
must face the same direction.
Separator located between Ex e II and Ex i terminal strip
! End plate
" Ex e II terminal blocks
? Ex e/Ex i separator plate
$ End plate
% Ex i terminal blocks
According to EN 50020, a minimum distance of 50 mm
must be kept between live parts of Ex e and Ex i circuits.
The use of Ex e/Ex i separators is a space-saving solution
when Ex e and Ex i terminal blocks are mounted on a common carrier rail.
– Simply Jumpered –
Handling Push-In Type Jumper Bars
Angle-Type Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks
1
9
1
The push-in type jumper system is based on the common
plug and socket principle. Each terminal block is
spring-loaded with a double socket and a resilient CrNi
steel spring. Therefore the jumpers, which consist of cathode copper, can be produced with particularly small
dimensions. This does not impair their load carrying capacity in accordance with the terminal block rated current.
Ground terminal blocks can also be commoned using the
same jumper system. Custom jumpers are created by
breaking and removing jumper contacts (2000, 2001,
2002, 2004 Series).
The smart feature:
Jumper slots can also be used for:
· push-in type jumper bars and step-down jumpers
· test plug adapters and testing taps
· preharnessed plugs for subassembly connections.
Push-in type jumper bars
800 V
600 V U
550 V 4
Push-in type jumper bar
Breaking off jumper contacts (picture shows pin 3)
500 V
300 V U
Push-in type jumper bar
Marking a customized push-in type jumper bar using a felttip pen.
Removal of push-in type jumper bar
Insert the operating tool between the jumper and the partition wall of the dual jumper slots.
Place the operating tool in the center of jumpers up to 5
contacts (see above), or alternately on both sides for jumpers with more than 5 contacts.
With continuous terminal strips an end plate must be used
when changing from 3- to 4-conductor terminal blocks.
0.14 - 1 (1.5) mm² 1 AWG 24 - 16
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 10 AU
600 V, 10 A2
IN 13.5 A (18 A)
0.14 - 1 (1.5) mm² 1 AWG 24 - 16
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 10 AU
600 V, 10 A2
IN 13.5 A (18 A)
Terminal block width 3.5 mm / 0.138 in
L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3
Terminal block width 3.5 mm / 0.138 in
L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3
Terminal block width 3.5 mm / 0.138 in
L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3
19,9mm/0.78in
48,5 mm/1.91 in
Item No.
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
0.14 - 1 (1.5) mm² 1 AWG 24 - 16
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 10 AU
600 V, 10 A2
IN 13.5 A (18 A)
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
10
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
1
TOPJOB® S
Through/Ground Conductor/Ex and Double-Potential Terminal Blocks
1 (1.5) mm², 2000 Series
29,6 mm/1.17 in
58,2 mm/2.29 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
29,6 mm/1.17 in
67,9 mm/2.67 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor through terminal block
2000-1201 5
100
gray 4
2000-1204 4 5 100
blue 4
2000-1202 5
100
orange 4
100
2000-1203 5
red 4
2000-1205 5
100
black 4
100
2000-1206 5
yellow 4
3-conductor through terminal block
100
2000-1301 5
gray 4
2000-1304 4 5 100
blue 4
2000-1302 5
100
orange 4
100
2000-1303 5
red 4
2000-1305 5
100
black 4
100
2000-1306 5
yellow 4
4-conductor through terminal block
100
2000-1401 5
gray 4
2000-1404 4 5 100
blue 4
100
2000-1402 5
orange 4
2000-1403 5
100
red 4
100
2000-1405 5
black 4
2000-1406 5
100
yellow 4
2-conductor ground terminal block
2000-1207 5
green-yellow 4
3-conductor ground terminal block
2000-1307 5
green-yellow 4
4-conductor ground terminal block
2000-1407 5
green-yellow 4
100
Item-Specific Accessories
End and intermediate plate, 0.7 mm thick
2000-1292
orange
2000-1291
gray
Ex e/Ex i separator, orange,
6
3 mm thick
209-190
90 mm
209-191
120 mm
100
Item-Specific Accessories
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
End and intermediate plate, 0.7 mm thick
2000-1392
orange
2000-1391
gray
Ex e/Ex i separator, orange,
6
3 mm thick
50 (2x25)
209-191
120 mm
50 (2x25)
100
Item-Specific Accessories
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
End and intermediate plate, 0.7 mm thick
2000-1492
orange
2000-1491
gray
Ex e/Ex i separator, orange,
6
3 mm thick
50 (2x25)
209-191
120 mm
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
50 (2x25)
2000 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips
(see Section 13)
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
6
IN 14 A,
light gray
2-way
2000-402
3-way
2000-403
4-way
2000-404
5-way
2000-405
6-way
2000-406
7-way
2000-407
8-way
2000-408
9-way
2000-409
10-way
2000-410
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 14 A,
light gray
from 1 to 3
2000-433
from 1 to 4
2000-434
from 1 to 5
2000-435
from 1 to 6
2000-436
from 1 to 7
2000-437
from 1 to 8
2000-438
from 1 to 9
2000-439
from 1 to 10 2000-440
200
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
Protective warning marker,
with high-voltage symbol, black,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow
2000-115 100 (4x25)
Delta jumper, insulated,
6
IN = IN terminal block, light gray
1-2 3-4 5-6
2000-406/020-000
100 (4x25)
Star point jumper, insulated,
6
IN = IN terminal block, light gray
2000-405/011-000
1-3-5
100 (4x25)
Push-in type wire jumper,
6
insulated,
IN 16 A,
wire size 1.5 mm²
2009-402 100 (10x10)
L = 60 mm
L = 110 mm 2009-404 100 (10x10)
L = 250 mm 2009-406 100 (10x10)
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25) Test plug adapter,
(4x25)
for 4 mm Ø test plug
(4x25)
gray
2009-174
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
Banana plug,
for socket 4 mm Ø,
color mixed
215-111
50
Testing tap,
for max. 2.5 mm²
gray
2009-182
100 (4x25)
Test plug,
with 500 mm cable,
2 mm Ø
red
210-136
50
Test plug,
with 500 mm cable,
2.3 mm Ø
yellow
210-137
Marking strip, plain,
11 mm wide,
50 m roll
white
2009-110
WMB Multi marking system,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
100 (4x25)
for 3.5 mm terminal block width
plain
793-3501
50
1
5
S
1
11
0.14 - 1 (1.5) mm² 1 AWG 24 - 16
800 V/8 kV/3 2
IN 13.5 A (18 A)
1
1 Conductor sizes: 0.14 mm² – 1.5 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 1.5 mm² “s”
and 0.5 mm² – 0.75 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 10 mm”
Terminal block width 3.5 mm / 0.138 in
L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3
2 800 V = rated voltage
8 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
4 Suitable for Ex i applications
32,5 mm/1.28 in
5 Suitable for Ex e II applications
550 V, 13 A
Jumper 12 A
(see Section 14)
6 See application notes for:
Ex e/Ex i separator plate, page 19
Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101
Star point jumper, page 103
Delta jumper, page 103
Push-in type wire jumper, page 102
47,6 mm/1.87 in
85,9 mm/3.38 in
Double-potential terminal block,
both potentials can be commoned
gray
2000-2141
Pack.
Unit
50
32,5 mm/1.28 in
Item No.
47,6 mm/1.87 in
85,9 mm/3.38 in
®
Item-Specific Accessories
End and intermediate plate, 0.7 mm thick
orange
2000-2196
gray
2000-2195
TOPJOB S group marker carrier
equipped with WMB Multi marking system.
Suitable for all 2000 to 2016 Series TOPJOB®S rail-mount
terminal blocks
Do not use on an end plate!
Double-potential terminal blocks are space savers.
Two independent feedthrough circuits are placed in one
insulated housing on one level in just 3.5 mm. This
achieves a width of just 1.75 mm/0.069 in versus standard through terminal blocks.
Input and output contacts of one circuit are placed on the
same side of the terminal block. Both circuits can be individually marked according to input and output.
Standard and quick marking options:
Three marker slots are available for both individual markers and marking strips.
Standard and fast marking options:
Four marker slots (double-potential terminal blocks) are
available for both individual markers and marking strips
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
0.25 - 1.5 (2.5) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 14
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 15 AU
600 V, 15 A2
IN 18 A (24 A)
0.25 - 1.5 (2.5) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 14
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 15 AU
600 V, 15 A2
IN 18 A (24 A)
Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in
L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3
Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in
L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3
Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in
L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3
19,9mm/0.78in
48,5 mm/1.91 in
Item No.
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
0.25 - 1.5 (2.5) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 14
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 15 AU
600 V, 15 A2
IN 18 A (24 A)
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
12
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
1
TOPJOB® S
Through/Ground Conductor/Shield and Ex Terminal Blocks 1.5 (2.5) mm²
2001 Series
30,6 mm/1.2 in
59,2 mm/2.33 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
30,6 mm/1.2 in
69,9 mm/2.75 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor through terminal block
2001-1201 5
gray 4
2001-1204 4 5
blue 4
2001-1202 5
orange 4
2001-1203 5
red 4
2001-1205 5
black 4
2001-1206 5
yellow 4
100
100
100
100
100
100
3-conductor through terminal block
2001-1301 5
gray 4
2001-1304 4 5
blue 4
2001-1302 5
orange 4
2001-1303 5
red 4
2001-1305 5
black 4
2001-1306 5
yellow 4
100
100
100
100
100
100
4-conductor through terminal block
2001-1401 5
gray 4
2001-1404 4 5
blue 4
2001-1402 5
orange 4
2001-1403 5
red 4
2001-1405 5
black 4
2001-1406 5
yellow 4
100
100
100
100
100
100
2-conductor ground terminal block
2001-1207 5
green-yellow 4
100
3-conductor ground terminal block
2001-1307 5
green-yellow 4
100
4-conductor ground terminal block
2001-1407 5
green-yellow 4
100
4-conductor shield terminal block
2001-1408
white
100
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
2001-1211/1000-411 Page 80 Diode
2001-1311/1000-411 Page 80 Diode
2001-1411/1000-411 Page 80
Diode
2001-1321/1000-434 Page 80 LED
2001-1421/1000-434 Page 80
LED
2001-1441
Double-potential
Page 13
Item-Specific Accessories
Item-Specific Accessories
Item-Specific Accessories
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick
2002-1292
orange
2002-1291
gray
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick
2002-1392
orange
2002-1391
gray
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick
2002-1492
orange
2002-1491
gray
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm thick
2002-1294
orange
2002-1293
gray
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm thick
2002-1394
orange
2002-1393
gray
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm thick
2002-1494
orange
2002-1493
gray
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
Ex e/Ex i separator, orange,
6
3 mm thick
209-190
90 mm
209-191
120 mm
Ex e/Ex i separator, orange,
6
3 mm thick
209-191
50 (2x25)
120 mm
50 (2x25)
Ex e/Ex i separator, orange,
6
3 mm thick
50 (2x25)
209-191
120 mm
50 (2x25)
2001 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/WMB Inline/Marking strips
(see Section 13)
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 18 A,
light gray
200 (8x25)
2001-402
2-way
2001-403
3-way
2001-404
4-way
2001-405
50 (2x25)
5-way
2001-406
6-way
2001-407
Protective warning marker,
7-way
2001-408
with high-voltage symbol, black,
8-way
2001-409
for 5 terminal blocks
9-way
2001-115 100 (4x25)
2001-410
10-way
yellow
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
2001-171
light gray
Step-down jumper, insulated,
6
IN 32 A
light gray
2006-499
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
200
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 18 A,
light gray
from 1 to 3
2001-433
from 1 to 4
2001-434
from 1 to 5
2001-435
from 1 to 6
2001-436
from 1 to 7
2001-437
from 1 to 8
2001-438
from 1 to 9
2001-439
from 1 to 10 2001-440
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
Double-Potential Terminal Blocks 1.5 (2.5) mm²
2001 Series
S
1
13
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 2.5 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 2.5 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 1.5 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
2 800 V = rated voltage
8 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
4 Suitable for Ex i applications
5 Suitable for Ex e II applications
550 V, 17 A
Jumper 16 A
(see Section 14)
6 See application notes for:
Ex e/Ex i separator plate, page 19
Step-down jumper, page 23
Star point jumper, page 103
Delta jumper, page 103
Push-in type wire jumper, page 102
TOPJOB®S connector, page 96
2001 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/WMB Inline/Marking strips
37,4 mm/
1.48 in
(see Section 13)
30,6 mm/1.2 in
69,9 mm/2.75 in
Double-potential terminal block with double marker
slot centered on terminal block
gray
2001-1441
Packing unit: 100 pcs
Notice: This double-potential terminal block cannot
be commoned with push-in type jumper bars!
Double-potential terminal blocks are space savers.
Two independent feedthrough circuits are placed in one
insulated housing on one level in just 4.2 mm. This
achieves a width of just 2.1 mm/0.083 in versus standard
through terminal blocks.
Input and output contacts of one circuit are placed on the
same side of the terminal block. Both circuits can be individually marked according to input and output.
For technical data and accessories,
see www.wagocatalog.com
WMB Inline, plain,
Delta jumper, insulated,
6
stretchable 4 - 4.2 mm,
IN = IN terminal block, light gray
2,000 WMB markers, 4 mm, on roll
1-2 3-4 5-6
2001-406/020-000
white
1
100 (4x25)
2009-114
Star point jumper, insulated,
WMB Multi marking system,
6
IN = IN terminal block, light gray
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
1-3-5
stretchable 4 - 4.2 mm
2001-405/011-000
plain
100 (4x25)
5
793-4501
WMB Multi marking system, plain,
Push-in type wire jumper,
6
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
insulated,
stretchable 4 - 4.2 mm
IN 16 A,
wire size 1.5 mm²
yellow
793-4501/000-002
red
L = 60 mm
793-4501/000-005
2009-412 100 (10x10)
blue
L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10)
793-4501/000-006
gray
L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10)
793-4501/000-007
orange
793-4501/000-012
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
light green
793-4501/000-017
6
can be snapped together,
green
793-4501/000-023
for jumper contact slot
violet
793-4501/000-024
gray
5
2001-511 100 (4x25)
Spacer module, can be snapped together,
Marking strip, plain,
e.g., for bridging commoned terminal
11 mm wide,
blocks
50 m roll
gray
white
1
2009-110
2001-549 100 (4x25)
Screwless end stop,
End plate,
for DIN 35 rail,
for modular TOPJOB®S connectors,
1.5 mm thick
6 mm wide
gray
gray
100 (4x25)
2002-541 100 (4x25)
249-116
Screwless end stop,
Test plug adapter,
for DIN 35 rail,
for 4 mm Ø test plug
10 mm wide
gray
2009-174 100 (4x25)
gray
50 (2x25)
249-117
Banana plug,
for socket 4 mm Ø,
color mixed
50
215-111
Testing tap,
for max. 2.5 mm²
gray
2009-182 100 (4x25)
Test plug,
with 500 mm cable,
2 mm Ø
red
210-136
50
with 500 mm cable,
2.3 mm Ø
yellow
210-137
50
Test plug,
1
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 20 AU
600 V, 20 A2
IN 24 A (32 A)
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 20 AU
600 V, 20 A2
IN 24 A (32 A)
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
19,9mm/0.78in
48,5 mm/1.91 in
Item No.
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 20 AU
600 V, 20 A2
IN 24 A (32 A)
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
14
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
1
TOPJOB® S
Through/Ground Conductor/Shield and Ex Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm²
2002 Series
30,6 mm/1.2 in
59,2 mm/2.33 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
30,6 mm/1.2 in
69,9 mm/2.75 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor through terminal block
2002-1201 5
gray 4
2002-1204 4 5
blue 4
2002-1202 5
orange 4
2002-1203 5
red 4
2002-1205 5
black 4
2002-1206 5
yellow 4
100
100
100
100
100
100
3-conductor through terminal block
2002-1301 5
gray 4
2002-1304 4 5
blue 4
2002-1302 5
orange 4
2002-1303 5
red 4
2002-1305 5
black 4
2002-1306 5
yellow 4
100
100
100
100
100
100
4-conductor through terminal block
2002-1401 5
gray 4
2002-1404 4 5
blue 4
2002-1402 5
orange 4
2002-1403 5
red 4
2002-1405 5
black 4
2002-1406 5
yellow 4
100
100
100
100
100
100
2-conductor ground terminal block
2002-1207 5
green-yellow 4
100
3-conductor ground terminal block
2002-1307 5
green-yellow 4
100
4-conductor ground terminal block
2002-1407 5
green-yellow 4
100
3-conductor shield terminal block
2002-1308
white
100
4-conductor shield terminal block
2002-1408
white
100
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
2002-1211/1000-411 Page 82 Diode
2002-1311/1000-411 Page 82 Diode
2002-1411/1000-411 Page 82
Diode
2002-1321/1000-434 Page 82 LED
2002-1421/1000-434 Page 82
LED
2002-1441
Double-potential
Page 15
Item-Specific Accessories
Item-Specific Accessories
Item-Specific Accessories
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick
2002-1292
orange
2002-1291
gray
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick
2002-1392
orange
2002-1391
gray
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick
2002-1492
orange
2002-1491
gray
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm thick
2002-1294
orange
2002-1293
gray
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm thick
2002-1394
orange
2002-1393
gray
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm thick
2002-1494
orange
2002-1493
gray
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
Ex e/Ex i separator, orange,
6
3 mm thick
209-190
90 mm
209-191
120 mm
Ex e/Ex i separator, orange,
6
3 mm thick
50 (2x25)
209-191
120 mm
50 (2x25)
Ex e/Ex i separator, orange,
6
3 mm thick
50 (2x25)
209-191
120 mm
50 (2x25)
2002 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline
(see Section 13)
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
Insulation stop,
6
IN 25 A,
5 pcs/strip,
light gray
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
2002-171 200 (8x25)
2002-402
2-way
light gray
2002-403
Insulation stop,
3-way
2002-404
5 pcs/strip,
4-way
2002-405
0.75 - 1 mm²
5-way
2002-406
2002-172 200 (8x25)
dark gray
6-way
2002-407
Protective warning marker,
7-way
2002-408
with high-voltage symbol, black,
8-way
2002-409
for 5 terminal blocks
9-way
2002-410
yellow
2002-115 100 (4x25)
10-way
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
200
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
from 1 to 3
2002-433
from 1 to 4
2002-434
from 1 to 5
2002-435
from 1 to 6
2002-436
from 1 to 7
2002-437
from 1 to 8
2002-438
from 1 to 9
2002-439
from 1 to 10 2002-440
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
Double-Potential Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm²
2002 Series
Accessories for Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks
S
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
2 800 V = rated voltage
8 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
4 Suitable for Ex i applications
5 Suitable for Ex e II applications
550 V, 22 A
Jumper 20 A
(see Section 14)
6 See application notes for:
Ex e/Ex i separator plate, page 19
Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101
Staggered jumper, page 104
Delta jumper, page 103
Star point jumper, page 103
Step-down jumper, page 23
Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning,
page 101
Push-in type wire jumper, page 102
TOPJOB®S connector, page 96
TOPJOB®S L-type test plug module, page 100
Marker carrier, page 109
2002 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline
37,4 mm/
1.48 in
(see Section 13)
30,6 mm/1.2 in
69,9 mm/2.75 in
Double-potential terminal block with double marker
slot centered on terminal block
gray
2002-1441
Packing unit: 100 pcs
Notice: This double-potential terminal block cannot
be commoned with push-in type jumper bars!
Double-potential terminal blocks are space savers.
Two independent feedthrough circuits are placed in one
insulated housing on one level in just 5.2 mm. This
achieves a width of just 2.6 mm/0.103 in versus standard
through terminal blocks.
Input and output contacts of one circuit are placed on the
same side of the terminal block. Both circuits can be individually marked according to input and output.
For technical data and accessories,
see www.wagocatalog.com
Staggered jumper,
6
insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
2-way
3-way
4-way
5-way
6-way
7-way
8-way
9-way
10-way
11-way
12-way
Push-in type wire jumper,
6
insulated,
IN 18 A,
wire size 1.5 mm²
L = 60 mm
2002-472 100 (4x25)
2009-412 100 (10x10)
L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10)
2002-473 100 (4x25)
L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10)
2002-474 100 (4x25)
2002-475
50 (2x25)
2002-476
50 (2x25) Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
can be snapped together,
2002-477
50 (2x25) 6
for jumper contact slot
2002-478
50 (2x25)
gray
2002-511 100 (4x25)
2002-479
50 (2x25)
2002-480
50 (2x25) Spacer module, can be snapped together,
e.g., for bridging commoned terminal
2002-481
50 (2x25)
blocks
2002-482
50 (2x25)
gray
2002-549 100 (4x25)
Customized staggered jumper,
End plate,
for modular TOPJOB®S connectors,
insulated,
1.5 mm thick
IN 25 A,
light gray
gray
2002-541 100 (4x25)
1-3
Test plug adapter,
2002-473/011-000
for 4 mm Ø test plug
100 (4x25)
1-3-5
gray
2009-174 100 (4x25)
2002-475/011-000
1-3-5-7
2002-477/011-000
Testing tap,
1-3-5-7-9
2002-479/011-000
1-3-5-7-9-11 2002-481/011-000
for max. 2.5 mm²
gray
50 (2x25)
2009-182 100 (4x25)
Delta jumper, insulated,
TOPJOB®S L-test plug module,
6
6
IN = IN terminal block, light gray
can be snapped together
1-2 3-4 5-6
gray
2002-406/020-000
2002-611 100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
Star point jumper, insulated,
TOPJOB®S L-type spacer module, can be snapped
6
together,e.g., for bridging commoned terIN = IN terminal block, light gray
minal blocks
1-3-5
2002-405/011-000
gray
100 (4x25)
2002-649 100 (4x25)
End plate, for modular TOPJOB®S test plugs,
Step-down jumper, insulated,
6
1.5 mm thick
IN 32 A
light gray
50 (2x25)
2006-499
gray
2002-641 100 (4x25)
Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulated, Marker carrier,
6
6
for jumper slots 2002 Series,
IN 25 A,
light gray
5 mm wide
gray
2-way
2002-161 100 (4x25)
2002-400 100 (4x25)
WMB Multi marking system,
WMB Inline, plain,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll
plain
white
5
793-5501
1
2009-115
1
15
1
16
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 20 AU
600 V, 20 A2
IN 24 A (32 A)
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
2 800 V = rated voltage
8 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
4 Suitable for Ex i applications
5 Suitable for Ex e II applications
550 V, 22 A
Jumper 20 A
(see Section 14)
6 See application notes for:
Ex e/Ex i separator plate, page 19
Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101
Staggered jumper, page 104
Delta jumper, page 104
Star point jumper, page 101
Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning,
page 101
Push-in type wire jumper, page 102
TOPJOB®S connector, page 96
TOPJOB®S L-type test plug module, page 100
Marker carrier, page 109
38,9 mm/1.53 in
1
TOPJOB® S
S
Through/Ground Conductor/Shield and Ex Terminal Blocks
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
2.5 (4) mm², 2002 Series
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
26,1mm/1.03in
51,6 mm/2.03 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
3-conductor through terminal block
2002-6301 5
gray 4
2002-6304 4 5
blue 4
2002-6302 5
orange 4
2002-6303 5
red 4
2002-6305 5
black 4
2002-6306 5
yellow 4
100
100
100
100
100
100
3-conductor ground terminal block
2002-6307 5
green-yellow 4
100
3-conductor shield terminal block
2002-6308
white
100
2002 Series Accessories
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick
2002-6392 100 (4x25)
orange
2002-6391 100 (4x25)
gray
Ex e/Ex i separator, orange,
3 mm thick
209-191
120 mm
50 (2x25)
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
2002-171 200 (8x25)
light gray
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.75 - 1 mm²
2002-172 200 (8x25)
dark gray
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
6
IN 25 A,
light gray
2002-402 200 (8x25)
2-way
2002-403 200 (8x25)
3-way
2002-404 200 (8x25)
4-way
2002-405 100 (4x25)
5-way
2002-406 100 (4x25)
6-way
2002-407 100 (4x25)
7-way
2002-408 100 (4x25)
8-way
2002-409 100 (4x25)
9-way
2002-410 100 (4x25)
10-way
Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulated,
6
IN 25 A,
light gray
2002-400 100 (4x25)
2-way
2002 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline
(see Section 13)
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
2002-433
from 1 to 3
2002-434
from 1 to 4
2002-435
from 1 to 5
2002-436
from 1 to 6
2002-437
from 1 to 7
2002-438
from 1 to 8
2002-439
from 1 to 9
from 1 to 10 2002-440
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25) Protective warning marker,
(4x25)
with high-voltage symbol, black,
(4x25)
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow
2002-115 100 (4x25)
Delta jumper, insulated,
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
6
6
can be snapped together,
IN = IN terminal block, light gray
2002-406/020-000
for jumper contact slot
1-2 3-4 5-6
100 (4x25)
2002-511 100 (4x25)
gray
TOPJOB®S L-test plug module,
Star point jumper, insulated,
6
6
can be snapped together
IN = IN terminal block, light gray
2002-405/011-000
2002-611 100 (4x25)
gray
1-3-5
100 (4x25)
Staggered jumper,
Test plug adapter,
6
insulated,
for 4 mm Ø test plug
IN 25 A,
2009-174 100 (4x25)
gray
light gray
2-way
2002-472 100 (4x25) Testing tap,
3-way
2002-473 100 (4x25)
for max. 2.5 mm²
4-way
2002-474 100 (4x25)
2009-182 100 (4x25)
gray
50 (2x25)
5-way
2002-475
50 (2x25) WMB Inline, plain,
6-way
2002-476
50 (2x25)
7-way
2002-477
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm,
50 (2x25)
8-way
2002-478
1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll
1
50 (2x25)
9-way
2009-115
2002-479
white
50 (2x25) WMB Multi marking system,
10-way
2002-480
50 (2x25)
11-way
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
2002-481
50 (2x25)
12-way
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
2002-482
5
793-5501
plain
Customized staggered jumper,
Marking strip, plain,
insulated,
11 mm wide,
IN 25 A,
50 m roll
1
light gray
2009-110
white
1-3
2002-473/011-000
TOPJOB®S group marker carrier,
100 (4x25)
snap-on type for jumper slot,
1-3-5
2002-475/011-000
5 mm wide
50 (2x25)
1-3-5-7
2009-191
2002-477/011-000
gray
Marker carrier,
1-3-5-7-9
2002-479/011-000
6
for jumper slots 2002 Series,
1-3-5-7-9-11 2002-481/011-000
50 (2x25)
5 mm wide
gray
2002-161 100 (4x25)
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
Push-in type wire jumper,
6
insulated,
IN 18 A,
wire size 1.5 mm²
2009-412 100 (10x10)
L = 60 mm
L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10)
L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10)
TOPJOB® S
Through/Ground Conductor and Ex Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm²
2002 Series
1
17
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 20 AU
600 V, 20 A2
IN 24 A (32 A)
1
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
38,9 mm/1.53 in
2 800 V = rated voltage
8 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
4 Suitable for Ex i applications
5 Suitable for Ex e II applications
550 V, 22 A
Jumper 20 A
(see Section 14)
26,1mm/1.03in
51,6 mm/2.03 in
Item No.
S
6 See application notes for:
Ex e/Ex i separator plate, page 19
Pack.
Unit
4-conductor through terminal block
2002-6401 5
gray 4
2002-6404 4 5
blue 4
2002-6402 5
orange 4
2002-6403 5
red 4
2002-6405 5
black 4
2002-6406 5
yellow 4
100
100
100
100
100
100
4-conductor ground terminal block
2002-6407 5
green-yellow 4
100
Notice:
These terminal blocks cannot be commoned with push-in
type jumper bars.
3- and 4-conductor terminal blocks of angled type
The TOPJOB®S rail-mounted terminal blocks have a
35-degree conductor entry angle permitting a very small
bend radius and an extremely short wiring distance to the
cable duct. For applications in switchgear and control cabinets using the LSC wiring system from Lütze, e.g., these terminal blocks are a space- and cost-saving solution. This
allows the cable duct to be placed very close to the terminal blocks, keeping its height relatively low.
2002 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline
(see Section 13)
WMB Multi marking system,
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
orange
2002-6392 100 (4x25)
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
gray
2002-6391 100 (4x25)
plain
5
793-5501
WMB Multi marking system, plain,
Ex e/Ex i separator, orange,
6
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
3 mm thick
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
50 (2x25)
120 mm
209-191
yellow
793-5501/000-002
red
Insulation stop,
793-5501/000-005
blue
5 pcs/strip,
793-5501/000-006
gray
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
793-5501/000-007
orange
light gray
793-5501/000-012
2002-171 200 (8x25)
Insulation stop,
light green
793-5501/000-017
5 pcs/strip,
green
793-5501/000-023
0.75 - 1 mm²
violet
793-5501/000-024
5
dark gray
2002-172 200 (8x25)
Protective warning marker,
Screwless end stop,
with high-voltage symbol, black,
for DIN 35 rail,
for 5 terminal blocks
6 mm wide
100 (4x25)
yellow
gray
249-116
2002-115 100 (4x25)
WMB Inline, plain,
Screwless end stop,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm,
for DIN 35 rail,
1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll
10 mm wide
1
50 (2x25)
white
gray
249-117
2009-115
Marking strip, plain,
11 mm wide,
50 m roll
1
white
2009-110
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
Product features:
· CAGE CLAMP®S connection for all conductor types,
with the additional benefit of stripped solid wires and
fine-stranded ferruled wires being simply pushed in
· Vibration-proof, fast, maintenance-free terminations
· 3-conductor through and ground conductor terminal
blocks equipped with a dual jumper slot
· 4-conductor terminal blocks permit potential
multiplication – no additional jumpers or terminal blocks
needed
· 3- and 4-conductor terminal blocks have the same
dimensions
An end plate must be applied when changing from a
3-conductor terminal block to a 4-conductor terminal block
and vice versa.
0.5 - 4 (6) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 10
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 30 AU
600 V, 30 A2
IN 32 A (41 A)
0.5 - 4 (6) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 10
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 30 AU
600 V, 30 A2
IN 32 A (41 A)
Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in
L 11 - 13 mm / 0.47 in 3
Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in
L 11 - 13 mm / 0.47 in 3
Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in
L 11 - 13 mm / 0.47 in 3
22,6mm/0.89in
52,3 mm/2.06 in
Item No.
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
0.5 - 4 (6) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 10
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 30 AU
600 V, 30 A2
IN 32 A (41 A)
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
18
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
1
TOPJOB® S
Through/Ground Conductor/Shield and Ex Terminal Blocks 4 (6) mm²
2004 Series
35,8 mm/1.41 in
65,5 mm/2.58 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
35,8 mm/1.41 in
78,7 mm/3.1 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor through terminal block
2004-1201 5
gray 4
2004-1204 4 5
blue 4
2004-1202 5
orange 4
2004-1203 5
red 4
2004-1205 5
black 4
2004-1206 5
yellow 4
50
50
50
50
50
50
3-conductor through terminal block
2004-1301 5
gray 4
2004-1304 4 5
blue 4
2004-1302 5
orange 4
2004-1303 5
red 4
2004-1305 5
black 4
2004-1306 5
yellow 4
50
50
50
50
50
50
4-conductor through terminal block
2004-1401 5
gray 4
2004-1404 4 5
blue 4
2004-1402 5
orange 4
2004-1403 5
red 4
2004-1405 5
black 4
2004-1406 5
yellow 4
50
50
50
50
50
50
2-conductor ground terminal block
2004-1207 5
green-yellow 4
50
3-conductor ground terminal block
2004-1307 5
green-yellow 4
50
4-conductor ground terminal block
2004-1407 5
green-yellow 4
50
4-conductor shield terminal block
2004-1408
white
50
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
2004-1211/1000-401 Page 84 Diode
2004-1311/1000-401 Page 84 Diode
2004-1411/1000-401 Page 84
Diode
Item-Specific Accessories
Item-Specific Accessories
Item-Specific Accessories
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
2004-1292
orange
2004-1291
gray
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
2004-1392
orange
2004-1391
gray
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
2004-1492
orange
2004-1491
gray
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm thick
2004-1294
orange
2004-1293
gray
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm thick
2004-1394
orange
2004-1393
gray
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm thick
2004-1494
orange
2004-1493
gray
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
Ex e/Ex i separator, orange,
3 mm thick
209-190
90 mm
209-191
120 mm
Ex e/Ex i separator, orange,
3 mm thick
50 (2x25)
209-191
120 mm
50 (2x25)
Ex e/Ex i separator, orange,
3 mm thick
50 (2x25)
209-191
120 mm
50 (2x25)
2004 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips
(see Section 13)
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
2004-171
light gray
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 32 A,
light gray
2004-402
2-way
2004-403
3-way
2004-404
4-way
2004-405
5-way
2004-406
6-way
2004-407
7-way
2004-408
8-way
2004-409
9-way
2004-410
10-way
200 (8x25)
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.75 - 1 mm²
2004-172
dark gray
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 32 A,
light gray
from 1 to 3
2004-433
from 1 to 4
2004-434
from 1 to 5
2004-435
from 1 to 6
2004-436
from 1 to 7
2004-437
from 1 to 8
2004-438
from 1 to 9
2004-439
from 1 to 10 2004-440
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
200 (8x25)
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
Delta jumper, insulated,
6
IN = IN terminal block, light gray
1-2 3-4 5-6
2004-406/020-000
100 (4x25)
Star point jumper, insulated,
6
IN = IN terminal block, light gray
2004-405/011-000
1-3-5
100 (4x25)
Step-down jumper, insulated,
6
IN 32 A
50 (2x25)
2006-499
light gray
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25) Protective warning marker,
(4x25)
with high-voltage symbol, black,
(4x25)
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow
2004-115 100 (4x25)
Terminal Blocks for Ex i or Ex e II Applications
S
1
19
1
1 Conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 6 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 1 mm² – 6 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 4 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
2 800 V = rated voltage
8 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
Through terminal blocks with blue insulated housing are
suitable for Ex i applications.
All through and ground conductor terminal blocks are suitable for Ex e II applications.
4 Suitable for Ex i applications
5 Suitable for Ex e II applications
550 V, 30 A
(see Section 14)
6 See application notes for:
Step-down jumper, page 23
Star point jumper, page 103
Delta jumper, page 103
TOPJOB®S connector, page 134
2004 Series Accessories
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications
An end plate must be applied to the terminal block located
directly behind an Ex e/Ex i separator plate.
Ex e II/Ex i terminal strip
Notice:
The movable feet of terminal blocks and separator plate
must face the same direction.
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
6
can be snapped together,
for jumper contact slot
gray
2004-511 100 (4x25)
Spacer module, can be snapped together,
e.g., for bridging commoned terminal
blocks
gray
2004-549 100 (4x25)
End plate,
for modular TOPJOB®S connectors,
1.5 mm thick
gray
2004-541 100 (4x25)
Test plug adapter,
for 4 mm Ø test plug
gray
2009-174 100 (4x25)
Banana plug,
for socket 4 mm Ø,
color mixed
215-111
50
Testing tap,
for max. 2.5 mm²
gray
2009-182
100 (4x25)
Test plug,
with 500 mm cable,
2 mm Ø
red
210-136
50
Test plug,
Separator located between Ex e II and Ex i terminal strip
! End plate
" Ex e II terminal blocks
? Ex e/Ex i separator plate
$ End plate
% Ex i terminal blocks
According to EN 50020, a minimum distance of 50 mm
must be kept between live parts of Ex e and Ex i circuits.
The use of Ex e/Ex i separators is a space-saving solution
when Ex e and Ex i terminal blocks are mounted on a common carrier rail.
with 500 mm cable,
2.3 mm Ø
yellow
50
210-137
WMB Multi marking system,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
plain
5
793-5501
Marking strip, plain,
11 mm wide,
50 m roll
white
1
2009-110
TOPJOB®S group marker carrier,
snap-on type for jumper slot,
5 mm wide
gray
50 (2x25)
2009-191
Screwless end stop,
for DIN 35 rail,
6 mm wide
gray
100 (4x25)
249-116
S
0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 50 AU
600 V, 50 A2
IN 41 A (57 A)
0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 50 AU
600 V, 50 A2
IN 41 A (57 A)
Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in
L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3
Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in
L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3
1 Conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 10 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 1 mm² – 10 mm² “s”
and 1.5 mm² – 6 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
2 800 V = rated voltage
8 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
4 Suitable for Ex i applications
24,8 mm/0.98 in
57,4 mm/2.26 in
Item No.
5 Suitable for Ex e II applications
550 V, 38 A for 2-conductor terminal blocks
550 V, 36 A for 3-conductor terminal blocks
Jumper 33 A
(see Section 14)
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
20
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
1
TOPJOB® S
Through/Ground Conductor and Ex Terminal Blocks 6 (10) mm²
2006 Series
6 See application notes for:
Ex e/Ex i separator plate, page 19
Step-down jumper, page 23
Star point jumper, page 103
TOPJOB®S connector, page 98
40,8 mm/1.61 in
73,3 mm/2.89 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor through terminal block
2006-1201 5
gray 4
2006-1204 4 5
blue 4
2006-1202 5
orange 4
50
50
50
3-conductor through terminal block
2006-1301 5
gray 4
2006-1304 4 5
blue 4
2006-1302 5
orange 4
25
25
25
2-conductor ground terminal block
2006-1207 5
green-yellow 4
50
3-conductor ground terminal block
2006-1307 5
green-yellow 4
25
2-conductor shield terminal block
2006-1208 5
white 4
50
Lockout cap for covering unused clamping units of 2006
Series TOPJOB®S terminal blocks.
Item-Specific Accessories
Item-Specific Accessories
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
orange
2006-1292
gray
2006-1291
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
orange
2006-1392
gray
2006-1391
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm thick
orange
2006-1294
gray
2006-1293
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm thick
orange
2006-1394
gray
2006-1393
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
2006 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips
(see Section 13)
Ex e/Ex i separator, orange,
6
3 mm thick
120 mm
209-191
Step-down jumper, insulated,
6
IN 32 A
50 (2x25)
light gray
2006-499
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 41 A,
light gray
2-way
2006-402
3-way
2006-403
4-way
2006-404
5-way
2006-405
50
50
50
50
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 41 A,
light gray
from 1 to 3
2006-433
from 1 to 4
2006-434
from 1 to 5
2006-435
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
50 (2x25)
Protective warning marker,
with high-voltage symbol, black,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow
2006-115 100 (4x25)
Lockout cap,
for conductor entry hole and operating
slot
25
gray
2006-191
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
6
can be snapped together,
for jumper contact slot
50 (2x25)
gray
2006-511
Test plug adapter,
for 4 mm Ø test plug
gray
2009-174 100 (4x25)
Star point jumper, insulated,
WMB Multi marking system,
6
IN = IN terminal block, light gray
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
1-3-5
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
2006-405/011-000
50 (2x25)
plain
793-5501
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
5
Commoning with step-down jumpers
An end plate must be inserted between the terminal blocks
to be jumpered. Step-down jumper 2006-499 commons
6/4 mm² AWG 10/12 (2006/2004 Series) terminal
blocks with 4/2.5/1.5 mm² AWG 12/14/16
(2004/2002/2001Series) terminal blocks.
Step-down jumpers are simply pushed down for full insertion, similar to other push-in type jumper bars.
Note:
The total current flowing shall not exceed the rating
of the step-down jumper/push-in type jumper bar.
TOPJOB® S
Through/Ground Conductor and Ex Terminal Blocks 10 (16) mm²
2010 Series
0.5 - 10 (16) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 6
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 65 AU
600 V, 65 A2
IN 57 A (76 A)
0.5 - 10 (16) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 6
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 65 AU
600 V, 65 A2
IN 57 A (76 A)
Terminal block width 10 mm / 0.394 in
L 17 - 19 mm / 0.71 in 3
Terminal block width 10 mm / 0.394 in
L 17 - 19 mm / 0.71 in 3
S
1 Conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 16 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 2.5 mm² – 16 mm² “s”
and 2.5 mm² – 10 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 18 mm”
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
36,9 mm/
1.45 in
36,9 mm/
1.45 in
4 Suitable for Ex i applications
Item No.
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor through terminal block
2010-1201 5
gray 4
2010-1204 4 5
blue 4
2010-1202 5
orange 4
25
25
25
3-conductor through terminal block
2010-1301 5
gray 4
2010-1304 4 5
blue 4
2010-1302 5
orange 4
25
25
25
2-conductor ground terminal block
2010-1207 5
green-yellow 4
25
3-conductor ground terminal block
2010-1307 5
green-yellow 4
25
2-conductor shield terminal block
2010-1208 5
white
25
Item-Specific Accessories
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
orange
2010-1292
gray
2010-1291
Ex e/Ex i separator, orange,
6
3 mm thick
120 mm
209-191
Item-Specific Accessories
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
orange
2010-1392
gray
2010-1391
5 Suitable for Ex e II applications
550 V, 51 A for 2-conductor terminal blocks
550 V, 50 A for 3-conductor terminal blocks
(see Section 14)
6 See application notes for:
Ex e/Ex i separator plate, page 19
Step-down jumper, page 23
Star point jumper, page 103
TOPJOB®S connector, page 98
52,2 mm/2.06 in
89 mm/3.5 in
Pack.
Unit
Commoning with step-down jumpers
An end plate must be inserted between the terminal blocks
to be jumpered. Step-down jumper 2016-499 commons
16/10 mm² AWG 16/8 (2016/2010 Series) terminal
blocks with 10/6/4/2.5 mm² AWG 8/10/12/14
(2010/2006/2004/2002 Series) terminal blocks.
100 (4x25) Step-down jumpers are simply pushed down for full insertion, similar to other push-in type jumper bars.
100 (4x25)
50 (2x25)
2010 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips
(see Section 13)
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 57 A,
light gray
2-way
2010-402
3-way
2010-403
4-way
2010-404
5-way
2010-405
50
50
50
50
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 57 A,
light gray
from 1 to 3
2010-433
from 1 to 4
2010-434
from 1 to 5
2010-435
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
Protective warning marker,
with high-voltage symbol, black,
for 5 terminal blocks
50 (2x25)
yellow
2010-115
Finger guard,
touchproof cover protects unused conduc- Note:
The total current flowing shall not exceed the rating
tor entries
of the step-down jumper/push-in type jumper bar.
yellow
2010-100 100 (4x25)
®
Modular TOPJOB S connector,
6
can be snapped together,
for jumper contact slot
50 (2x25)
gray
2010-511
Test plug adapter,
for 4 mm Ø test plug
gray
2009-174 100 (4x25)
Star point jumper, insulated,
WMB Multi marking system,
6
IN = IN terminal block, light gray
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
1-3-5
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
2010-405/011-000
50 (2x25)
plain
793-5501
Marking strip, plain,
Step-down jumper, insulated,
6
11 mm wide,
IN 57 A
50 (2x25)
50 m roll
light gray
2016-499
white
2009-110
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
21
2 800 V = rated voltage
8 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
30,8 mm/1.21 in
67,8 mm/2.67 in
1
5
1
1
0.5 - 16 (25“f-st“)mm²1 AWG 20 - 4
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 85 AU
600 V, 85 A2
IN 76 A (90 A)
0.5 - 16 (25“f-st“)mm²1 AWG 20 - 4
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 85 AU
600 V, 85 A2
IN 76 A (90 A)
Terminal block width 12 mm / 0.472 in
L 18 - 20 mm / 0.75 in 3
Terminal block width 12 mm / 0.472 in
L 18 - 20 mm / 0.75 in 3
S
1 Conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 16 mm² “s + f-st”,
25 mm² “f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 2.5 mm² – 16 mm² “s”
and 2.5 mm² – 16 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 18 mm”
2 800 V = rated voltage
8 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
4 Suitable for Ex i applications
36,9 mm/
1.45 in
22
36,9 mm/
1.45 in
1
TOPJOB® S
Through/Ground Conductor and Ex Terminal Blocks
16 (25 “f-st”) mm², 2016 Series
32,3 mm/1.27 in
69,8 mm/2.75 in
Item No.
2-conductor through terminal block
2016-1201 5
gray 4
2016-1204 4 5
blue 4
2016-1202 5
orange 4
6 See application notes for:
Ex e/Ex i separator plate, page 19
Step-down jumper, page 23
Star point jumper, page 103
TOPJOB®S connector, page 99
54,3 mm/2.14 in
91,8 mm/3.61 in
Pack.
Unit
20
20
20
2-conductor ground terminal block,
15mm-high DIN 35 rails shall be used for a current load
higher than 76A!
20
2016-1207 5
green-yellow 4
Item No.
3-conductor through terminal block
2016-1301 5
gray 4
2016-1304 4 5
blue 4
2016-1302 5
orange 4
Pack.
Unit
20
20
20
3-conductor ground terminal block,
15mm-high DIN 35 rails shall be used for a current load
higher than 76A!
20
2016-1307 5
green-yellow 4
Commoning with step-down jumpers
An end plate must be inserted between the terminal blocks
to be jumpered. Step-down jumper 2016-499 commons
16/10 mm² AWG 16/8 (2016/2010 Series) terminal
blocks with 10/6/4/2.5 mm² AWG 8/10/12/14
(2010/2006/2004/2002 Series) terminal blocks.
Step-down jumpers are simply pushed down for full insertion, similar to other push-in type jumper bars.
2-conductor shield terminal block,
15mm-high DIN 35 rails shall be used for a current load
higher than 76A!
20
2016-1208 5
white
Item-Specific Accessories
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
orange
2016-1292
gray
2016-1291
Ex e/Ex i separator, orange,
6
3 mm thick
120 mm
209-191
5 Suitable for Ex e II applications
550 V, 70 A for 2-conductor terminal blocks
550 V, 67 A for 3-conductor terminal blocks
Jumper 65 A
(see Section 14)
Item-Specific Accessories
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
orange
2016-1392
gray
2016-1391
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
50 (2x25)
2016 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips
(see Section 13)
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 76 A,
light gray
2-way
2016-402
3-way
2016-403
4-way
2016-404
5-way
2016-405
Step-down jumper, insulated,
6
IN 57 A
light gray
2016-499
50
50
50
50
Inserting a finger guard seals unused conductor entries.
50 (2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25) Protective warning marker,
with high-voltage symbol, black,
(2x25)
for 5 terminal blocks
(2x25)
50 (2x25)
yellow
2016-115
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
6
IN 76 A,
can be snapped together,
light gray
for jumper contact slot
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
from 1 to 3
gray
2016-433
2016-511
50 (2x25) Finger guard,
from 1 to 4
2016-434
touchproof cover protects unused conduc50 (2x25)
from 1 to 5
2016-435
tor entries
yellow
2016-100 100 (4x25)
Star point jumper, insulated,
Test plug adapter,
6
IN = IN terminal block, light gray
for 4 mm Ø test plug
1-3-5
gray
2016-405/011-000
2009-174 100 (4x25)
50 (2x25)
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
– Simply Jumpered –
Commoning via Step-Down Jumpers and Push-In Type Jumper Bars
1
23
Step-down jumpers may common terminal blocks of different sizes, without losing a conductor clamping point. This
can be beneficial on long conductor runs where voltage
drop can be a problem. A large conductor can be easily
connected to smaller conductors at the distribution point.
1
Step-down jumpers are simply pushed down for full insertion, in the same way as all other push-in jumpers.
Commoning may be made in either direction using the
special thin end plate to cover the open side. Further terminal blocks of the smaller cross section may be commoned
using standard push-in type jumper bars.
Commoning from 35 mm²/AWG 2
POWER CAGE CLAMP terminal blocks
to 10/16 mm² (AWG 8/10) TOPJOB®S terminal blocks
In this case, pay attention that:
The total current flowing does not exceed the rating of the
step-down jumper.
Using step-down jumpers, an end plate must be inserted between the terminal blocks to be commoned.
Step-down jumper 2016-499 commons 16/10 mm²
AWG 16/8 (2016/2010 Series) terminal blocks with
10/6/4/2.5 mm² AWG 8/10/12/14
(2010/2005/2004/2002 Series) terminal blocks.
Step-down jumper 2006-499 commons 6/4 mm²
AWG 10/12 (2006/2004 Series) terminal blocks with
4/2.5/1.5 mm² AWG 12/14/16 (2004/2002/2001)
terminal blocks.
Commoning with step-down jumpers
An end plate must be inserted between the terminal blocks
to be jumpered. Step-down jumper 2016-499 commons
16/10 mm² AWG 16/8 (2016/2010 Series) terminal
blocks with 10/6/4/2.5 mm² AWG 8/10/12/14
(2010/2006/2004/2002 Series) terminal blocks.
Step-down jumpers are simply pushed down for full insertion, similar to other push-in type jumper bars.
Commoning with push-in type jumper bars
Commoning via open terminal side with end plate allows
jumpering over two cross section sizes for 16 mm²/
AWG 6 and 10 mm²/AWG 8 and one cross section size
for 6/4/2.5 mm² (AWG 10/12/14); e.g., from 16 mm²/
AWG 6 to 6 mm²/AWG10 (see illustration above) or
from 10 mm²/AWG 8 to 4 mm²/AWG 12.
Commoning with push-in type jumper bars
Commoning via closed terminal side with end plate allows
jumpering over two cross section sizes; e.g., from
16 mm²/AWG 6 to 6 mm²/AWG 10 or from 6 mm²/
AWG 10 to 2.5 mm²/AWG 14 (see illustration above).
Note:
The total current flowing shall not exceed the rating
of the step-down jumper/push-in type jumper bar.
TOPJOB® S
Double-Deck Terminal Blocks 1 (1.5) mm²
2000 Series
0.14 - 1 (1.5) mm² 1 AWG 24 - 16
500 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 13.5 A (16 A)
0.14 - 1 (1.5) mm² 1 AWG 24 - 16
500 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 13.5 A (16 A)
Terminal block width 3.5 mm / 0.138 in
L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3
Terminal block width 3.5 mm / 0.138 in
L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3
Terminal block width 3.5 mm / 0.138 in
L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3
<____ 69,7 mm/2.74 in ______>
Through/through terminal block,
without marker carrier,
gray housing
L/L
2000-2201
N/L
2000-2202
L/N
2000-2203
1
Item No.
Through/through terminal block,
with marker carrier,
blue housing
2000-2234
N/N
50
50
50
Through/through terminal block,
without marker carrier,
blue housing
2000-2204
N/N
50
50
50
<_ 51,7 mm/2.04 in _>
<___ 61,8 mm/2.43 in ___>
Through/through terminal block,
with marker carrier,
gray housing
L/L
2000-2231
N/L
2000-2232
L/N
2000-2233
Pack.
Unit
2
<____ 69,7 mm/2.74 in ______>
<____ 69,7 mm/2.74 in ______>
Pack.
Unit
Pack.
Unit
Ground conductor/through terminal block,
with marker carrier,
gray housing
50
PE/N
2000-2247
50
PE/L
2000-2257
50
Ground conductor/through terminal block,
without marker carrier,
gray housing
50
PE/N
2000-2217
50
PE/L
2000-2227
50
3
<____ 69,7 mm/2.74 in ______>
<____ 69,7 mm/2.74 in ______>
Item No.
Item No.
<_ 51,7 mm/2.04 in _>
<___ 61,8 mm/2.43 in ___>
69,7 mm/2.74 in
Item No.
<_ 51,7 mm/2.04 in _>
<___ 61,8 mm/2.43 in ___>
<_ 51,7 mm/2.04 in _>
<___ 61,8 mm/2.43 in ___>
0.14 - 1 (1.5) mm² 1 AWG 24 - 16
500 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 13.5 A (16 A)
51,7 mm/2.04 in
61,8 mm/2.43 in
24
<_ 51,7 mm/2.04 in _>
<___ 61,8 mm/2.43 in ___>
1
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
4-conductor through terminal block,
with marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry
position colored in violet,
gray housing
50
2000-2238
L
4-conductor through terminal block,
with marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry
position colored in violet,
blue housing
50
2000-2239
N
4-conductor ground terminal block,
with marker carrier, internal commoning,
green-yellow housing
4-conductor through terminal block,
without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor
entry position colored in violet,
gray housing
50
2000-2208
L
4-conductor through terminal block,
without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor
entry position colored in violet,
blue housing
50
2000-2209
N
4-conductor ground terminal block,
without marker carrier, internal commoning,
green-yellow housing
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
PE
PE
2000-2237
2000-2207
Pack.
Unit
50
50
S
1
25
0.14 - 1 (1.5) mm² 1 AWG 24 - 16
500 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 13.5 A (16 A)
1
51,7 mm/2.04 in
61,8 mm/2.43 in
Terminal block width 3.5 mm / 0.138 in
L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3
1 Conductor sizes: 0.14 mm² – 1.5 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 1.5 mm² “s”
and 0.5 mm² – 0.75 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 10 mm”
Double-deck terminal block assembly
A double-deck marker carrier can be fitted retrospectively
to double-deck terminal blocks without marker carrier.
2 500 V = rated voltage
6 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
4 See application notes for:
Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101
Vertical jumper, page 105
69,7 mm/2.74 in
Item No.
Shield conductor/through terminal block,
with marker carrier,
gray housing
2000-2248
Shield/N
2000-2258
Shield/L
Shield conductor/through terminal block,
without marker carrier,
gray housing
2000-2218
Shield/N
2000-2228
Shield/L
Pack.
Unit
2000 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips
(see Section 13)
50
50
50
50
End and intermediate plate, 0.7 mm thick
2000-2292
orange
2000-2291
gray
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
4
IN 14 A,
light gray
2000-402
2-way
2000-403
3-way
2000-404
4-way
2000-405
5-way
2000-406
6-way
2000-407
7-way
2000-408
8-way
2000-409
9-way
2000-410
10-way
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 14 A,
light gray
2000-433
from 1 to 3
2000-434
from 1 to 4
2000-435
from 1 to 5
2000-436
from 1 to 6
2000-437
from 1 to 7
2000-438
from 1 to 8
2000-439
from 1 to 9
from 1 to 10 2000-440
Double-deck vertical jumper, insulated,
4
IN 13.5 A
2000-492
light gray
25
25
Test plug adapter,
for 4 mm Ø test plug
2009-174
gray
100 (4x25)
Banana plug,
200
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25) Testing tap,
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
100 (4x25)
Protective warning marker,
with high-voltage symbol, black,
for 5 terminal blocks
2000-115 100 (4x25)
yellow
Double-deck marker carrier,
pivoting
50 (2x25)
2000-121
gray
WMB Multi marking system,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
for 3.5 mm terminal block width
793-3501
plain
Marking strip, plain,
11 mm wide,
50 m roll
2009-110
white
5
1
for socket 4 mm Ø,
color mixed
215-111
for max. 2.5 mm²
2009-182
gray
50
100 (4x25)
TOPJOB® S
Double-Deck Terminal Blocks 1 (1.5) mm²
2000 Series
0.14 - 1 (1.5) mm² 1 AWG 24 - 16
800 V/8 kV/3 2
IN 13.5 A (16 A)
0.14 - 1 (1.5) mm² 1 AWG 24 - 16
800 V/8 kV/3 2
IN 13.5 A (16 A)
Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in
L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3
Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in
L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3
Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in
L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3
<____ 69,7 mm/2.74 in ______>
69,7 mm/2.74 in
Item No.
<_ 51,7 mm/2.04 in _>
<___ 61,8 mm/2.43 in ___>
<_ 51,7 mm/2.04 in _>
<___ 61,8 mm/2.43 in ___>
0.14 - 1 (1.5) mm² 1 AWG 24 - 16
800 V/8 kV/3 2
IN 13.5 A (16 A)
51,7 mm/2.04 in
61,8 mm/2.43 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
<____ 69,7 mm/2.74 in ______>
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Through/through terminal block, with end plate, with
marker carrier,
blue housing
2000-2234/099-000 50
N/N
Ground conductor/through terminal block, with end
plate, with marker carrier,
gray housing
2000-2247/099-000 50
PE/N
2000-2257/099-000 50
PE/L
Through/through terminal block, with end plate, without marker carrier,
gray housing
L/L
2000-2201/099-000 50
N/L
2000-2202/099-000 50
L/N
2000-2203/099-000 50
Through/through terminal block, with end plate, without marker carrier,
blue housing
2000-2204/099-000 50
N/N
Ground conductor/through terminal block, with end
plate, without marker carrier,
gray housing
2000-2217/099-000 50
PE/N
2000-2227/099-000 50
PE/L
1
<_ 51,7 mm/2.04 in _>
<___ 61,8 mm/2.43 in ___>
Through/through terminal block, with end plate, with
marker carrier,
gray housing
L/L
2000-2231/099-000 50
N/L
2000-2232/099-000 50
L/N
2000-2233/099-000 50
2
<____ 69,7 mm/2.74 in ______>
<____ 69,7 mm/2.74 in ______>
<____ 69,7 mm/2.74 in ______>
Item No.
3
<_ 51,7 mm/2.04 in _>
<___ 61,8 mm/2.43 in ___>
26
<_ 51,7 mm/2.04 in _>
<___ 61,8 mm/2.43 in ___>
1
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
4-conductor through terminal block, with end plate,
with marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry
position colored in violet,
gray housing
2000-2238/099-000 50
L
4-conductor through terminal block, with end plate,
with marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry
position colored in violet,
blue housing
2000-2239/099-000 50
N
4-conductor ground terminal block, with end plate,
with marker carrier, internal commoning,
green-yellow housing
4-conductor through terminal block, with end plate,
without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor
entry position colored in violet,
gray housing
2000-2208/099-000 50
L
4-conductor through terminal block, with end plate,
without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor
entry position colored in violet,
blue housing
2000-2209/099-000 50
N
4-conductor ground terminal block, with end plate,
without marker carrier, internal commoning,
green-yellow housing
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
PE
PE
2000-2237/099-000 50
2000-2207/099-000 50
S
1
27
0.14 - 1 (1.5) mm² 1 AWG 24 - 16
800 V/8 kV/3 2
IN 13.5 A (16 A)
1
51,7 mm/2.04 in
61,8 mm/2.43 in
Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in
L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3
1 Conductor sizes: 0.14 mm² – 1.5 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 1.5 mm² “s”
and 0.5 mm² – 0.75 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 10 mm”
Double-deck terminal block assembly
A double-deck marker carrier can be fitted retrospectively
to double-deck terminal blocks without marker carrier.
2 800 V = rated voltage
8 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
4 See application notes for:
Vertical jumper, page 105
69,7 mm/2.74 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Shield conductor/through terminal block, with end
plate, with marker carrier,
gray housing
2000-2248/099-000 50
Shield/N
2000-2258/099-000 50
Shield/L
Shield conductor/through terminal block, with end
plate, without marker carrier,
gray housing
2000-2218/099-000 50
Shield/N
2000-2228/099-000 50
Shield/L
2000 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips
(see Section 13)
End and intermediate plate, 0.7 mm thick
2000-2292
orange
2000-2291
gray
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 18 A,
light gray
2001-402
2-way
2001-403
3-way
2001-404
4-way
2001-405
5-way
2001-406
6-way
2001-407
7-way
2001-408
8-way
2001-409
9-way
2001-410
10-way
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 18 A,
light gray
2001-433
from 1 to 3
2001-434
from 1 to 4
2001-435
from 1 to 5
2001-436
from 1 to 6
2001-437
from 1 to 7
2001-438
from 1 to 8
2001-439
from 1 to 9
from 1 to 10 2001-440
Double-deck vertical jumper, insulated,
4
IN 13.5 A
2000-492
light gray
25
25
2009-110
100 (4x25)
Testing tap,
for max. 2.5 mm²
gray
2009-182
200
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100 (4x25)
(8x25)
(8x25) Banana plug,
(8x25)
for socket 4 mm Ø,
(4x25)
color mixed
(4x25)
50
215-111
(4x25) WMB Inline, plain,
(4x25)
stretchable 4 - 4.2 mm,
(4x25)
2,000 WMB markers, 4 mm, on roll
(4x25)
1
white
2009-114
WMB Multi marking system,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
stretchable 4 - 4.2 mm
(8x25)
5
plain
793-4501
(8x25) WMB Multi marking system, plain,
(4x25)
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
(4x25)
stretchable 4 - 4.2 mm
(4x25)
yellow
793-4501/000-002
(4x25)
red
793-4501/000-005
(4x25)
blue
793-4501/000-006
(4x25)
gray
793-4501/000-007
orange
793-4501/000-012
light green
793-4501/000-017
green
793-4501/000-023
(4x25)
violet
793-4501/000-024
5
Protective warning marker,
with high-voltage symbol, black,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow
2001-115 100 (4x25)
Double-deck marker carrier,
pivoting
50 (2x25)
gray
2000-121
Marking strip, plain,
11 mm wide,
50 m roll
white
Test plug adapter,
for 4 mm Ø test plug
gray
2009-174
1
TOPJOB® S
Double-Deck Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm²
2002 Series
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
500 V/6 kV/3 2
300 V, 20 AU
600 V, 20 A2
IN 24 A (28 A)
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
500 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 24 A (28 A)
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
69,7 mm/2.74 in
51,7 mm/2.03 in
61,8 mm/2.43 in
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
500 V/6 kV/3 2
300 V, 20 AU
600 V, 20 A2
IN 24 A (28 A)
51,7 mm/2.03 in
61,8 mm/2.43 in
28
51,7 mm/2.03 in
61,8 mm/2.43 in
1
69,7 mm/2.74 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Through/through terminal block,
with marker carrier,
gray housing
2002-2231 5
L/L 4
2002-2232 5
N/L 4
2002-2233 5
L/N 4
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Through/through terminal block,
with marker carrier,
blue housing
2002-2234 4 5
N/N 4
50
50
50
Through/through terminal block,
without marker carrier,
gray housing
2002-2201 5
L/L 4
2002-2202 5
N/L 4
2002-2203 5
L/N 4
69,7 mm/2.74 in
50
50
50
Ground conductor/through terminal block,
with marker carrier,
gray housing
50
2002-2247 5
PE/N 4
50
2002-2257 5
PE/L 4
50
Through/through terminal block,
without marker carrier,
blue housing
2002-2204 4 5
N/N 4
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Ground conductor/through terminal block,
without marker carrier,
gray housing
50
2002-2217 5
PE/N 4
50
2002-2227 5
PE/L 4
50
69,7 mm/2.74 in
3
69,7 mm/2.74 in
69,7 mm/2.74 in
Item No.
51,7 mm/2.03 in
61,8 mm/2.43 in
2
51,7 mm/2.03 in
61,8 mm/2.43 in
1
51,7 mm/2.03 in
61,8 mm/2.43 in
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
2002-2211/1000-410 Page86
Diode
LED
2002-2221/1000-434 Page86
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
4-conductor through terminal block,
with marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry
position colored in violet,
gray housing
50
2002-2238 5
L4
4-conductor through terminal block,
with marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry
position colored in violet,
blue housing
50
2002-2239 4 5
N4
4-conductor ground terminal block,
with marker carrier, internal commoning,
green-yellow housing
4-conductor through terminal block,
without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor
entry position colored in violet,
gray housing
50
2002-2208 5
L4
4-conductor through terminal block,
without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor
entry position colored in violet,
blue housing
50
2002-2209 4 5
N4
4-conductor ground terminal block,
without marker carrier, internal commoning,
green-yellow housing
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
PE 4
PE 4
2002-2237 5
2002-2207 5
Pack.
Unit
50
50
S
1
29
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
500 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 24 A (28 A)
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
1
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
2 500 V = rated voltage
6 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
51,7 mm/2.03 in
61,8 mm/2.43 in
Double-deck terminal block assembly
5 Suitable for Ex e II applications
440 V, 20 A
Jumper 18 A
(see Section 14)
6 See application notes for:
Ex e/Ex i separator plate, page 19
Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101
Vertical jumper, page 105
69,7 mm/2.74 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
3
Pack.
Unit
Shield conductor/through terminal block,
without marker carrier,
gray housing
2002-2218
2002-2228
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick
orange
2002-2292 100 (4x25)
gray
2002-2291 100 (4x25)
The ground conductor or shield terminal blocks have a
contact foot in the bottom level, automatically establishing
direct contact to the carrier rail.
The flexible double-deck marker carrier, which is placed
above the wiring levels, can be pushed aside during the
wiring or commoning operation. The marker carrier has
two levels for two different WMB markers relating to the
two decks of the terminal blocks.
With a terminal block width of only 5.2 mm an effective
width of only 2.6 mm for terminal blocks of same or different potentials can be realized for conductor sizes from
0.25 mm² to 4 mm² (AWG 22 - 12).
For protection against external interfering signals, an
increasing number of shielded control cables are being
used.
Shield terminal blocks for front-entry are suitable for connecting the cable braid. Like ground conductor terminal
blocks for front-entry, they are equipped with a grounding
foot for direct electrical connection to the rail, however
they differ significantly by their white insulated housing.
Shield terminal blocks can be directly mounted beside signal-conductor terminal blocks and provide excellent deflection of interfering signals.
69,7 mm/2.74 in
Shield/N
Shield/L
Appropriate marking system
50
50
Item No.
2002 Series Accessories
(see Section 13)
51,7 mm/2.03 in
61,8 mm/2.43 in
Shield conductor/through terminal block,
with marker carrier,
gray housing
Shield/N
2002-2248
Shield/L
2002-2258
4 Suitable for Ex i applications
50
50
Ex e/Ex i separator, orange,
6
3 mm thick
125.5 mm
209-192
50 (2x25)
Double-deck marker carrier,
pivoting
gray
2002-121
50 (2x25)
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
light gray
2002-171
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.75 - 1 mm²
dark gray
2002-172
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
6
IN 25 A,
light gray
2-way
2002-402
3-way
2002-403
4-way
2002-404
5-way
2002-405
6-way
2002-406
7-way
2002-407
8-way
2002-408
9-way
2002-409
10-way
2002-410
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
from 1 to 3
2002-433
from 1 to 4
2002-434
from 1 to 5
2002-435
from 1 to 6
2002-436
from 1 to 7
2002-437
from 1 to 8
2002-438
from 1 to 9
2002-439
from 1 to 10 2002-440
200 (8x25)
200 (8x25)
200
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
Double-deck vertical jumper, insulated,
6
IN 24 A
light gray
2002-492 100 (4x25)
orange
2002-492/000-012
TOPJOB® S
Double-Deck Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm²
2002 Series
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 20 A2
IN 24 A
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
800 V/8 kV/3 2
IN 24 A
Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
69,7 mm/2.74 in
51,7 mm/2.03 in
61,8 mm/2.43 in
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 20 A2
IN 24 A
51,7 mm/2.03 in
61,8 mm/2.43 in
30
51,7 mm/2.03 in
61,8 mm/2.43 in
1
69,7 mm/2.74 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
69,7 mm/2.74 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Through/through terminal block, with end plate, with
marker carrier,
gray housing
2002-2231/099-000 50
L/L
2002-2232/099-000 50
N/L
2002-2233/099-000 50
L/N
Through/through terminal block, with end plate, with
marker carrier,
blue housing
2002-2234/099-000 4 50
N/N
Ground conductor/through terminal block, with end
plate, with marker carrier,
gray housing
PE/N
2002-2247/099-000 50
PE/L
2002-2257/099-000 50
Through/through terminal block, with end plate, without marker carrier,
gray housing
2002-2201/099-000 50
L/L
2002-2202/099-000 50
N/L
2002-2203/099-000 50
L/N
Through/through terminal block, with end plate, without marker carrier,
blue housing
2002-2204/099-000 4 50
N/N
Ground conductor/through terminal block, with end
plate, without marker carrier,
gray housing
PE/N
2002-2217/099-000 50
PE/L
2002-2227/099-000 50
69,7 mm/2.74 in
3
69,7 mm/2.74 in
69,7 mm/2.74 in
Item No.
51,7 mm/2.03 in
61,8 mm/2.43 in
2
51,7 mm/2.03 in
61,8 mm/2.43 in
1
51,7 mm/2.03 in
61,8 mm/2.43 in
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
2002-2211/1000-410 Page86
Diode
2002-2221/1000-434 Page86
LED
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
4-conductor through terminal block, with end plate,
with marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry
position colored in violet,
gray housing
2002-2238/099-000 50
L
4-conductor through terminal block, with end plate,
with marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry
position colored in violet,
blue housing
2002-2239/099-000 4 50
N
4-conductor ground terminal block, with end plate,
with marker carrier, internal commoning,
green-yellow housing
4-conductor through terminal block, with end plate,
without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor
entry position colored in violet,
gray housing
2002-2208/099-000 50
L
4-conductor through terminal block, with end plate,
without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor
entry position colored in violet,
blue housing
2002-2209/099-000 4 50
N
4-conductor ground terminal block, with end plate,
without marker carrier, internal commoning,
green-yellow housing
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
PE
PE
2002-2237/099-000 50
2002-2207/099-000 50
S
1
31
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
800 V/8 kV/3 2
IN 24 A
1
Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
51,7 mm/2.03 in
61,8 mm/2.43 in
Protective warning marker and insulation stop must be
applied individually. Due to the 6.2 mm width of double-deck terminal blocks with end plate, 2004 Series jumpers must be used.
2 800 V = rated voltage
8 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
4 Suitable for Ex i applications
5 See application notes for:
Vertical jumper, page 105
69,7 mm/2.74 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Shield conductor/through terminal block, with end
plate, with marker carrier,
gray housing
Shield/N
2002-2248/099-000 50
Shield/L
2002-2258/099-000 50
Shield conductor/through terminal block, with end
plate, without marker carrier,
gray housing
Shield/N
2002-2218/099-000 50
Shield/L
2002-2228/099-000 50
2002 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline
(see Section 13)
Test plug adapter,
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick
for 4 mm Ø test plug
2002-2292 100 (4x25)
orange
gray
2009-174
2002-2291 100 (4x25)
gray
Double-deck marker carrier,
pivoting
2002-121
gray
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
2002-171
light gray
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.75 - 1 mm²
2002-172
dark gray
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 32 A,
light gray
2-way
2004-402
3-way
2004-403
4-way
2004-404
5-way
2004-405
6-way
2004-406
7-way
2004-407
8-way
2004-408
9-way
2004-409
10-way
2004-410
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 32 A,
light gray
from 1 to 3
2004-433
from 1 to 4
2004-434
from 1 to 5
2004-435
from 1 to 6
2004-436
from 1 to 7
2004-437
from 1 to 8
2004-438
from 1 to 9
2004-439
from 1 to 10 2004-440
100 (4x25)
Banana plug,
50 (2x25)
200 (8x25)
200 (8x25)
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
Double-deck vertical jumper, insulated,
5
IN 24 A
light gray
2002-492 100 (4x25)
2002-492/000-012
orange
Protective warning marker,
with high-voltage symbol, black,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow
2002-115 100 (4x25)
for socket 4 mm Ø,
color mixed
50
215-111
WMB Multi marking system,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
plain
5
793-5501
WMB Multi marking system, plain,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
yellow
793-5501/000-002
red
793-5501/000-005
blue
793-5501/000-006
gray
793-5501/000-007
orange
793-5501/000-012
light green
793-5501/000-017
green
793-5501/000-023
violet
793-5501/000-024
5
Marking strip, plain,
11 mm wide,
50 m roll
1
white
2009-110
TOPJOB® S
4-Conductor, Double-Deck Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm²
2002 Series
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 20 AU
600 V, 20 A2
IN 24 A (28 A)
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
800 V/8 kV/3 2
IN 24 A (28 A)
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
105,1 mm/4.14 in
Item No.
Through/through terminal block,
with marker carrier,
gray housing
2002-2431
L/L
2002-2432
N/L
2002-2433
L/N
Through/through terminal block,
without marker carrier,
gray housing
2002-2401
L/L
2002-2402
N/L
2002-2403
L/N
52,1 mm/2.05 in
62,7 mm/2.47 in
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 20 AU
600 V, 20 A2
IN 24 A (28 A)
52,1 mm/2.05 in
62,7 mm/2.47 in
32
52,1 mm/2.05 in
62,7 mm/2.47 in
1
105,1 mm/4.14 in
105,1 mm/4.14 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Through/through terminal block,
with marker carrier,
blue housing
2002-2434 4
N/N
50
50
50
Through/through terminal block,
without marker carrier,
blue housing
2002-2404 4
N/N
50
50
50
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Ground conductor/through terminal block,
with marker carrier,
gray housing
PE/N
50
2002-2447
PE/L
50
2002-2457
50
Ground conductor/through terminal block,
without marker carrier,
gray housing
PE/N
50
2002-2417
PE/L
50
2002-2427
50
105,1 mm/4.14 in
105,1 mm/4.14 in
105,1 mm/4.14 in
Item No.
3
52,1 mm/2.05 in
62,7 mm/2.47 in
2
52,1 mm/2.05 in
62,7 mm/2.47 in
1
52,1 mm/2.05 in
62,7 mm/2.47 in
Ex Approvals are pending
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
8-conductor through terminal block,
with marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry
position colored in violet,
gray housing
50
2002-2438
L
8-conductor through terminal block,
with marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry
position colored in violet,
blue housing
50
2002-2439 4
N
8-conductor ground terminal block,
with marker carrier, internal commoning,
green-yellow housing
8-conductor through terminal block,
without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor
entry position colored in violet,
gray housing
50
2002-2408
L
8-conductor through terminal block,
without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor
entry position colored in violet,
blue housing
50
2002-2409 4
N
8-conductor ground terminal block,
without marker carrier, internal commoning,
green-yellow housing
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
PE
PE
2002-2437
2002-2407
Pack.
Unit
50
50
S
1
33
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
800 V/8 kV/3 2
IN 24 A (28 A)
1
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
52,1 mm/2.05 in
62,7 mm/2.47 in
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
2 800 V = rated voltage
8 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
Double-deck terminal block assembly
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
4 Suitable for Ex i applications
5 See application notes for:
Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101
Vertical jumper, page 105
105,1 mm/4.14 in
Item No.
Shield conductor/through terminal block,
with marker carrier,
gray housing
2002-2448
Shield/N
2002-2458
Shield/L
Shield conductor/through terminal block,
without marker carrier,
gray housing
2002-2418
Shield/N
2002-2428
Shield/L
Pack.
Unit
2002 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline
(see Section 13)
50
50
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick
Test plug adapter,
2002-2492 100 (4x25)
orange
for 4 mm Ø test plug
2002-2491 100 (4x25)
2009-174
gray
gray
Double-deck marker carrier,
pivoting
2002-121
gray
50
50
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
2002-171
light gray
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.75 - 1 mm²
2002-172
dark gray
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
5
IN 25 A,
light gray
2002-402
2-way
2002-403
3-way
2002-404
4-way
2002-405
5-way
2002-406
6-way
2002-407
7-way
2002-408
8-way
2002-409
9-way
2002-410
10-way
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
2002-433
from 1 to 3
2002-434
from 1 to 4
2002-435
from 1 to 5
2002-436
from 1 to 6
2002-437
from 1 to 7
2002-438
from 1 to 8
2002-439
from 1 to 9
from 1 to 10 2002-440
100 (4x25)
Banana plug,
for socket 4 mm Ø,
color mixed
215-111
50 (2x25)
50
Testing tap,
for max. 2.5 mm²
2009-182
gray
100 (4x25)
200 (8x25)
200 (8x25)
200
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
Double-deck vertical jumper, insulated,
5
IN 24 A
light gray
2002-492 100 (4x25)
2002-492/000-012
orange
Protective warning marker,
with high-voltage symbol, black,
for 5 terminal blocks
2002-115 100 (4x25)
yellow
WMB Multi marking system,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
793-5501
plain
WMB Multi marking system, plain,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
793-5501/000-002
yellow
793-5501/000-005
red
793-5501/000-006
blue
793-5501/000-007
gray
793-5501/000-012
orange
793-5501/000-017
light green
793-5501/000-023
green
793-5501/000-024
violet
5
5
WMB Inline, plain,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm,
1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll
1
2009-115
white
Marking strip, plain,
11 mm wide,
50 m roll
1
2009-110
white
TOPJOB®S group marker carrier,
snap-on type for jumper slot,
5 mm wide
50 (2x25)
gray
2009-191
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
500 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 24 A (28 A)
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
93 mm/3.66 in
Item No.
51,7 mm/2.04 in
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
500 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 24 A (28 A)
51,7 mm/2.04 in
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
500 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 24 A (28 A)
51,7 mm/2.04 in
93 mm/3.66 in
Pack.
Unit
Through/through terminal block,
same profile as double-deck disconnect terminal block
without marker carrier,
gray housing
L/L
2002-2601
50
N/L
2002-2602
50
L/N
2002-2603
50
Item No.
93 mm/3.66 in
Pack.
Unit
Through/through terminal block,
same profile as double-deck disconnect terminal block
without marker carrier,
blue housing
N/N
2002-2604 4
50
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Ground conductor/through terminal block,
same profile as double-deck disconnect terminal block
without marker carrier,
gray housing
PE/N
2002-2647
50
PE/L
2002-2657
50
93 mm/3.66 in
Item No.
51,7 mm/2.04 in
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
Carrier
2002-2661
Page 36
Disconnect
2002-2671
Page 36
Fuse
Page 37
2002-2611
51,7 mm/2.04 in
34
51,7 mm/2.04 in
1
TOPJOB® S
Double-Deck Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm²
2002 Series
93 mm/3.66 in
Pack.
Unit
4-conductor through terminal block,
same profile as double-deck disconnect terminal block,
without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor
entry position colored in violet,
gray housing
2002-2608
50
L
Item No.
93 mm/3.66 in
Pack.
Unit
4-conductor through terminal block,
same profile as double-deck disconnect terminal block,
without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor
entry position colored in violet,
blue housing
2002-2609 4
50
N
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Through/through terminal block,
same profile as double-deck disconnect terminal block
without marker carrier, internal commoning,
green-yellow housing
PE
2002-2607
50
S
1
35
a
1
b
c
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
Multifunctional terminal blocks:
The double-deck disconnect terminal block with movable
knife disconnect (2002-2671) can be used as through terminal block on the lower deck and as disconnect terminal
block on the upper deck.
The associated carrier terminal block (2002-2661) has
the same design as the disconnect terminal block.
However, disconnect plugs (a: 2002-401), pluggable
diode (b: 2002-800/1000-411 ) and LED modules (not
shown here, 2002-800/1000-541) or fuse plugs (c:
2004-911) can alternatively be used here.
Besides disconnection and measurement, the 2002-2667
double-deck carrier terminal block also provides
ground conductor functionality.
2 500 V = rated voltage
6 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
4 Suitable for Ex i applications
5 See application notes for:
Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101
Vertical jumper, page 105
2002 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking
strips/WMB Inline
End and intermediate plate,
1 mm thick
orange
2002-2692 100 (4x25)
gray
2002-2691 100 (4x25)
Double-deck marker carrier,
pivoting
gray
50 (2x25)
2002-121
The double-deck fuse disconnect terminal block with
pivoting fuse holder (2002-2611, gray) is compatible
with disconnect, carrier, through and ground conductor
terminal blocks. The fuse holder is also available with a
blown fuse LED indicator.
(e.g., 2002-2611/1000-541 for 12–30 V)
Same profile allows for commoning with TOPJOB® S double-deck terminal blocks (upper deck) and with triple-deck
terminal blocks (lower deck).
The through terminal block (2002-2601) features two
independent current bars on both lower and upper deck,
sharing the same profile as the disconnect terminal block.
Commoning is also possible for these terminal blocks using
the double-deck vertical jumper (2002-492).
An end plate for fuse terminal blocks (shown in
orange, 2002-1092) is used for additional protection,
preventing the fuse shaft from being opened. The fuse cannot be replaced until disconnecting the fuse holder from
the power supply.
Left picture – Vertical jumper (2002-492)
Right picture – Push-in type jumper bar for 2002 Series
The 4-conductor through terminal block (2002-2609)
with internal commoning can be immediately identified via
violet-colored conductor entry.
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
light gray
2002-171
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.75 - 1 mm²
dark gray
2002-172
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
5
IN 25 A,
light gray
2-way
2002-402
3-way
2002-403
4-way
2002-404
5-way
2002-405
6-way
2002-406
7-way
2002-407
8-way
2002-408
9-way
2002-409
10-way
2002-410
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
from 1 to 3
2002-433
from 1 to 4
2002-434
from 1 to 5
2002-435
from 1 to 6
2002-436
from 1 to 7
2002-437
from 1 to 8
2002-438
from 1 to 9
2002-439
from 1 to 10 2002-440
200 (8x25)
200 (8x25)
200
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
Double-deck vertical jumper, insulated,
5
IN 24 A
light gray
2002-492 100 (4x25)
2002-492/000-012
orange
Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
2-way
2002-400 100 (4x25)
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
400 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 16 A
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
400 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 16 A
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
S
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
51,7 mm/2.04 in
93 mm/3.66 in
Item No.
Double-deck disconnect terminal block,
with movable knife disconnect,
gray housing
2002-2671
L/L
2002-2672
N/L
Pack.
Unit
50
50
Item No.
Double-deck carrier terminal block,
upper deck carrier,
gray housing
L/L
2002-2661
N/L
2002-2662
Pack.
Unit
50
50
93 mm/3.66 in
Item No.
Double-deck carrier terminal block,
upper deck carrier,
gray housing
2002-2667
PE/L
2 500 V = rated voltage
6 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
4 See application notes for:
Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101
Vertical jumper, page 105
93 mm/3.66 in
51,7 mm/2.04 in
36
51,7 mm/2.04 in
56,4 mm/2.22 in
1
TOPJOB® S
Double-Deck Disconnect Terminal Blocks and Carrier Terminal
Blocks 2.5 (4) mm², 2002 Series
Pack.
Unit
50
2002 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking
strips/WMB Inline
End and intermediate plate,
1 mm thick
orange
2002-2692 100 (4x25)
gray
2002-2691 100 (4x25)
Double-deck marker carrier,
pivoting
gray
50 (2x25)
2002-121
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
light gray
2002-171
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.75 - 1 mm²
dark gray
2002-172
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
4
IN 25 A,
light gray
2-way
2002-402
3-way
2002-403
4-way
2002-404
5-way
2002-405
6-way
2002-406
7-way
2002-407
8-way
2002-408
9-way
2002-409
10-way
2002-410
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
from 1 to 3
2002-433
from 1 to 4
2002-434
from 1 to 5
2002-435
from 1 to 6
2002-436
from 1 to 7
2002-437
from 1 to 8
2002-438
from 1 to 9
2002-439
from 1 to 10 2002-440
200 (8x25)
200 (8x25)
200
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
Double-deck vertical jumper, insulated,
4
IN 24 A
light gray
2002-492 100 (4x25)
2002-492/000-012
orange
Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
2002-400 100 (4x25)
2-way
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
TOPJOB® S
Double-Deck Fuse Disconnect Terminal Blocks with Pivoting Fuse
Holder 2.5 (4) mm², 2002 Series
Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
93 mm/3.66 in
Item No.
Double-deck fuse disconnect terminal block with
pivoting fuse holder,
Through/fuse terminal block,
for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm,
without blown fuse indication
Nominal voltage and current are given by the fuse.
L/L
N/L
2002-2611
2002-2612
25
25
Item No.
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
2 250 V = rated voltage
6 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
4 See application notes for:
Vertical jumper, page 105
5 Protective warning marker and insulation stop must be
applied individually.
6 Due to the 6.2 mm width of fuse terminal blocks with
pivoting fuse holder, 2004 Series jumpers must be
used.
Pack.
Unit
Double-deck fuse disconnect terminal block with
pivoting fuse holder,
Through/fuse terminal block,
for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm,
with blown fuse indication by LED, gray
Nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or fuse.
Leakage current in case of blown fuse: LED 2mA
12 - 30 V
30 - 65 V
230 V
2002-2611/1000-541 25
2002-2611/1000-542 25
2002-2611/1000-836 25
A spacer plate is supplied with all 6.2 mm wide fuse terminal blocks.
Due to the 6.2 mm width of fuse terminal blocks with pivoting fuse holder, 2004 Series jumpers must be used.
2002 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline
(see Section 13)
End and intermediate plate,
1 mm thick
orange
2002-2692
gray
2002-2691
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
4 6
IN 32 A,
light gray
2-way
2004-402
3-way
2004-403
4-way
2004-404
5-way
2004-405
6-way
2004-406
7-way
2004-407
8-way
2004-408
9-way
2004-409
10-way
2004-410
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 32 A,
light gray
from 1 to 3
2004-433
from 1 to 4
2004-434
from 1 to 5
2004-435
from 1 to 6
2004-436
from 1 to 7
2004-437
from 1 to 8
2004-438
from 1 to 9
2004-439
from 1 to 10 2004-440
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
End plate for fuse terminal blocks,
2 mm thick
orange
2002-1092 100
gray
2002-1091 100
Insulation stop,
5
5 pcs/strip,
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
light gray
2002-171 200
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.75 - 1 mm²
dark gray
2002-172 200
Protective warning marker,
5
with high-voltage symbol, black,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow
2002-115 100
Test plug,
with 500 mm cable,
2 mm Ø
210-136
red
Test plug,
with 500 mm cable,
2.3 mm Ø
yellow
210-137
Marking strip, plain,
11 mm wide,
50 m roll
white
2009-110
Double-deck vertical jumper, insulated,
4
IN 24 A
light gray
2002-492 100 (4x25)
2002-492/000-012
orange
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
37
1
93 mm/3.66 in
Pack.
Unit
1
76,4 mm/3.01 in
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
250 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 6.3 A
76,4 mm/3.01 in
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
250 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 6.3 A
S
(4x25)
(4x25)
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
50
50
1
Additionally, an end plate for fuse terminal blocks (e.g.,
2002-1092, orange) must be used at the end of an
assembly or if there is no adjacent fuse terminal block.
TOPJOB® S
Triple-Deck Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm²
2002 Series
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
500 V/6 kV/3 2
600 V, 20 A2
IN 24 A (28 A)
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
500 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 24 A (28 A)
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
93,3 mm/3.67 in
Item No.
Through/through/through terminal block,
with marker carrier,
gray housing
2002-3231 5
L/L/L 4
2002-3233 5
L/L/N 4
Through/through/through terminal block,
without marker carrier,
gray housing
2002-3201 5
L/L/L 4
2002-3203 5
L/L/N 4
69,5 mm/2.74 in
81,3 mm/3.20 in
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
500 V/6 kV/3 2
300 V, 20 AU
600 V, 20 A2
IN 24 A (28 A)
69,5 mm/2.74 in
81,3 mm/3.20 in
38
69,5 mm/2.74 in
81,3 mm/3.20 in
1
93,3 mm/3.67 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
50
50
50
50
93,3 mm/3.67 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Through/through/through terminal block,
with marker carrier,
blue housing
50
2002-3234 4 5
N/N/N 4
Ground conductor/through/through terminal block,
with marker carrier,
gray housing
50
2002-3247 5
PE/N/L 4
50
2002-3257 5
PE/L/L 4
Through/through/through terminal block,
without marker carrier,
blue housing
50
2002-3204 4 5
N/N/N 4
Ground conductor/through/through terminal block,
without marker carrier,
gray housing
50
2002-3217 5
PE/N/L 4
50
2002-3227 5
PE/L/L 4
93,3 mm/3.67 in
93,3 mm/3.67 in
93,3 mm/3.67 in
Item No.
3
69,5 mm/2.74 in
81,3 mm/3.20 in
2
69,5 mm/2.74 in
81,3 mm/3.20 in
1
69,5 mm/2.74 in
81,3 mm/3.20 in
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
2002-3211/1000-410 Page 88
Diode
2002-3221/1000-434 Page 88
LED
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
6-conductor through terminal block,
with marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry
position colored in violet,
gray housing
50
2002-3238 5
L4
6-conductor through terminal block,
with marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry
position colored in violet,
blue housing
50
2002-3239 4 5
N4
6-conductor ground terminal block,
with marker carrier, internal commoning,
green-yellow housing
6-conductor through terminal block,
without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor
entry position colored in violet,
gray housing
50
2002-3208 5
L4
6-conductor through terminal block,
without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor
entry position colored in violet,
blue housing
50
2002-3209 4 5
N4
6-conductor ground terminal block,
without marker carrier, internal commoning,
green-yellow housing
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
PE 4
PE 4
2002-3237 5
2002-3207 5
Pack.
Unit
50
50
S
1
39
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
500 V/6 kV/3 2
300 V, 20 AU
600 V, 20 A2
IN 24 A (28 A)
1
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrules, 12 mm”
69,5 mm/2.74 in
81,3 mm/3.20 in
2 500 V = rated voltage
6 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
4 Suitable for Ex i applications
5 Suitable for Ex e II applications
440 V, 19 A
Jumper 17 A
(see Section 14)
6 See application notes for:
Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101
Vertical jumper, page 105
93,3 mm/3.67 in
Item No.
Shield/through/through terminal block,
with marker carrier,
gray housing
2002-3248
Shield/N/L
2002-3258
Shield/L/L
Shield/through/through terminal block,
without marker carrier,
gray housing
2002-3218
Shield/N/L
2002-3228
Shield/L/L
Pack.
Unit
2002 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking
strips/WMB Inline
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick
2002-3292 100 (4x25)
orange
2002-3291 100 (4x25)
gray
50
50
Triple-deck marker carrier,
pivoting
gray
50
50
Triple-deck terminal block assembly
Combination of multilevel terminal blocks
2002-131
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
2002-171
light gray
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.75 - 1 mm²
2002-172
dark gray
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
6
IN 25 A,
light gray
2002-402
2-way
2002-403
3-way
2002-404
4-way
2002-405
5-way
2002-406
6-way
2002-407
7-way
2002-408
8-way
2002-409
9-way
2002-410
10-way
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
2002-433
from 1 to 3
2002-434
from 1 to 4
2002-435
from 1 to 5
2002-436
from 1 to 6
2002-437
from 1 to 7
2002-438
from 1 to 8
2002-439
from 1 to 9
from 1 to 10 2002-440
Triple-deck vertical jumper, insulated,
6
IN 24 A
light gray
2002-493
50 (2x25)
200 (8x25)
200 (8x25)
200
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
100 (4x25)
Double-deck vertical jumper, insulated,
6
IN 24 A
light gray
2002-492 100 (4x25)
2002-492/000-012
orange
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
800 V/8 kV/3 2
IN 20 A (25 A)
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
800 V/8 kV/3 2
IN 20 A (25 A)
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
103,5 mm/4.08 in
Item No.
83,9 mm/3.3 in
96,8 mm/3.81 in
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
800 V/8 kV/3 2
IN 20 A (25 A)
83,9 mm/3.3 in
96,8 mm/3.81 in
40
83,9 mm/3.3 in
96,8 mm/3.81 in
1
TOPJOB® S
Quadruple-Deck, Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks or
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks for Wiring of Electric Motors, 2002 Series
103,5 mm/4.08 in
103,5 mm/4.08 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Quadruple-deck, rail-mounted terminal block
or
Rail-mounted terminal block for wiring of electric
motors,
without marker carrier, gray
2002-4127
25
L1 - L2 - L3 - PE
Quadruple-deck, rail-mounted terminal block
or
Rail-mounted terminal block for wiring of electric
motors,
without marker carrier, gray
2002-4111
25
L1 - L2
Quadruple-deck, rail-mounted terminal block
or
Rail-mounted terminal block for wiring of electric
motors,
without marker carrier, gray
2002-4101
25
L1 - L2 - L3
Quadruple-deck, rail-mounted terminal block
or
Rail-mounted terminal block for wiring of electric
motors,
with marker carrier, gray
2002-4157
25
L1 - L2 - L3 - PE
Quadruple-deck, rail-mounted terminal block
or
Rail-mounted terminal block for wiring of electric
motors,
with marker carrier, gray
2002-4141
25
L1 - L2
Quadruple-deck, rail-mounted terminal block
or
Rail-mounted terminal block for wiring of electric
motors,
with marker carrier, gray
2002-4131
25
L1 - L2 - L3
2002 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline
(see Section 13)
Protective warning marker,
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
2002-4192 100 (4x25)
with high-voltage symbol, black,
orange
2002-4191 100 (4x25)
for 5 terminal blocks
gray
2002-115 100 (4x25)
yellow
Lockout cap,
Insulation stop,
for conductor entry hole and operating
5 pcs/strip,
slot
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
25
2002-192
2002-171 200 (8x25)
orange
light gray
25
2002-191
Insulation stop,
gray
25
2002-194
5 pcs/strip,
blue
0.75 - 1 mm²
2002-172 200 (8x25)
dark gray
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
4
IN 25 A,
IN 25 A,
light gray
light gray
2002-402 200 (8x25)
2002-433 200 (8x25)
from 1 to 3
2-way
2002-403 200 (8x25)
2002-434 200 (8x25)
from 1 to 4
3-way
2002-404 200 (8x25)
2002-435 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 5
4-way
2002-405 100 (4x25)
2002-436 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 6
5-way
2002-406 100 (4x25)
2002-437 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 7
6-way
2002-407 100 (4x25)
2002-438 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 8
7-way
2002-408 100 (4x25)
2002-439 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 9
8-way
2002-409 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 10 2002-440 100 (4x25)
9-way
2002-410 100 (4x25)
10-way
Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulated,
Star point jumper, insulated,
4
4
IN 25 A,
IN = IN terminal block, light gray
2002-405/011-000
1-3-5
light gray
100 (4x25)
2-way
2002-400 100 (4x25)
Delta jumper, insulated,
Triple-deck marker carrier,
4
IN = IN terminal block, light gray
pivoting
50 (2x25)
2002-406/020-000
1-2 3-4 5-6
gray
2002-131
100 (4x25)
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
Staggered jumper,
4
insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
2-way
3-way
4-way
5-way
6-way
7-way
8-way
9-way
10-way
11-way
12-way
2002-472
2002-473
2002-474
2002-475
2002-476
2002-477
2002-478
2002-479
2002-480
2002-481
2002-482
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
Push-in type wire jumper,
4
insulated,
IN 18 A,
wire size 1.5 mm²
2009-412 100 (10x10)
L = 60 mm
L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10)
L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10)
WMB Inline, plain,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm,
1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll
2009-115
white
Marking strip, plain,
11 mm wide,
50 m roll
white
2009-110
1
1
– Handling –
S
1
41
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
2 800 V = rated voltage
8 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
4 See application notes for:
Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101
Staggered jumper, page 104
Delta jumper, page 104
Star point jumper, page 101
Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning,
page 101
Push-in type wire jumper, page 102
TOPJOB®S connector, page 96
TOPJOB®S L-type test plug module, page 100
Marker carrier, page 109
Testing with test plug 2 mm Ø.
In addition to rail-mounted terminal blocks for electric motor wiring, new versions are now available.
· Terminal block without ground contact and only 2 potentials.
Especially for additional functions such as engine brakes or temperature probes. Having the same shape, this type can
be put next to the appropriate terminal block for electric motor wiring without using intermediate plates.
That makes the rail assembly clearer and wiring is easier. This also prevents wiring errors as no conductor entry is
unused.
· Terminal block without ground contact and with only 3 potentials.
Clearly designated clamping units is the primary advantage to this terminal block design. When using devices with protective insulation for example, there are no open ground clamping units that could create confusion.
Lockout cap for conductor entry hole and operating
slot
Locking out conductor entry holes and operating slots to
create spacer housings for rail-mounted terminal blocks for
electric motor wiring.
Compact design:
3 phases and ground conductor in one terminal block.
Marking clamping units with WMB Multi marking system.
Group marking with marking strips.
1
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
400 V/6 kV/3 2
300 V, 15 AU
300 V, 15 A2
IN 16 A
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
400 V/6 kV/3 2
300 V, 15 AU
300 V, 15 A2
IN 16 A
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
108 mm/4.25 in
Item No.
108 mm/4.25 in
Pack.
Unit
Double-deck, double-disconnect terminal block,
with 2 pivoting knife disconnects,
gray housing
L/L
N/L
2002-2951
2002-2952
50
50
Double-deck, double-disconnect terminal block,
with 2 pivoting knife disconnects,
blue housing
N/N
2002-2954
42 mm/1.65 in
47,3 mm/1.86 in
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
400 V/6 kV/3 2
300 V, 15 AU
300 V, 15 A2
IN 16 A
42 mm/1.65 in
47,3 mm/1.86 in
42
42 mm/1.65 in
47,3 mm/1.86 in
1
TOPJOB® S
Double-Deck Disconnect Terminal Blocks for Test and Measurement
2.5 (4) mm², 2002 Series
50
Item No.
108 mm/4.25 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Double-deck, double-disconnect terminal block,
with 2 pivoting knife disconnects,
lower and upper decks internally commoned on right side
and with violet marking,
gray housing
50
2002-2958
L/L
Double-deck disconnect terminal block,
with pivoting knife disconnect,
same profile as double-deck, double-disconnect terminal
block,
gray housing
50
2002-2971
L/L
50
2002-2972
N/L
Double-deck, double-disconnect terminal block,
with 2 pivoting knife disconnects,
lower and upper decks internally commoned on right side
and with violet marking,
blue housing
50
2002-2959
N/N
Double-deck disconnect terminal block,
with pivoting knife disconnect,
same profile as double-deck, double-disconnect terminal
block,
blue housing
50
2002-2974
N/N
2002 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips
(see Section 13)
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
2002-2992 100 (4x25)
IN 25 A,
orange
2002-2991 100 (4x25)
light gray
gray
2002-433 200 (8x25)
from 1 to 3
2002-434 200 (8x25)
from 1 to 4
Insulation stop,
2002-435 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 5
5 pcs/strip,
2002-436 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 6
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
2002-171 200 (8x25)
2002-437 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 7
light gray
2002-438 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 8
Insulation stop,
2002-439 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 9
5 pcs/strip,
from 1 to 10 2002-440 100 (4x25)
0.75 - 1 mm²
2002-172 200 (8x25)
dark gray
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
Staggered jumper,
4
4
IN 25 A,
insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
2002-402 200 (8x25)
2-way
light gray
2002-403 200 (8x25)
2-way
3-way
2002-472 100 (4x25)
2002-404 200 (8x25)
3-way
4-way
2002-473 100 (4x25)
2002-405 100 (4x25)
4-way
5-way
2002-474 100 (4x25)
50 (2x25)
2002-406 100 (4x25)
5-way
6-way
2002-475
50 (2x25)
2002-407 100 (4x25)
6-way
7-way
2002-476
50 (2x25)
2002-408 100 (4x25)
7-way
8-way
2002-477
50 (2x25)
2002-409 100 (4x25)
8-way
9-way
2002-478
50 (2x25)
2002-410 100 (4x25)
9-way
10-way
2002-479
50 (2x25)
10-way
Push-in type wire jumper,
2002-480
4
50 (2x25)
11-way
insulated,
2002-481
50 (2x25)
12-way
IN 18 A,
2002-482
wire size 1.5 mm²
2009-412 100 (10x10) Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulated,
L = 60 mm
IN 25 A,
L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10) 4
light gray
L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10)
2-way
2002-400 100 (4x25)
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
Protective warning marker,
with high-voltage symbol, black,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow
2002-115 100 (4x25)
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
4
can be snapped together,
for jumper contact slot
gray
2002-511 100 (4x25)
Spacer module, can be snapped together,
e.g., for bridging commoned terminal
blocks
gray
2002-549 100 (4x25)
End plate,
for modular TOPJOB®S connectors,
1.5 mm thick
2002-541 100 (4x25)
gray
Test plug,
with 500 mm cable,
2 mm Ø
50
210-136
red
Test plug adapter,
for 4 mm Ø test plug
2009-174 100 (4x25)
gray
Testing tap,
for max. 2.5 mm²
2009-182
gray
100 (4x25)
Banana plug,
for socket 4 mm Ø,
color mixed
215-111
50
Double-Deck Disconnect Terminal Blocks
with Pivoting Knife Disconnect
S
1
43
1
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrules, 12 mm”
2 400 V = rated voltage
6 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
Terminal block assembly
4 See application notes for:
Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101
Staggered jumper, page 104
Delta jumper, page 104
Star point jumper, page 101
Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning,
page 101
Push-in type wire jumper, page 102
TOPJOB®S connector, page 96
TOPJOB®S L-type test plug module, page 100
Accessories
Testing with test plug 2 mm Ø.
Carrier terminal block (2002-2941) with disconnect plug
(2002-401) in parked position.
Group marker carrier accommodated in jumper
contact slot.
Carrier terminal block (2002-2941) with disconnect plug
(2002-401) in operating position.
WMB Multi marking system,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
plain
793-5501
WMB Multi marking system, plain,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
yellow
793-5501/000-002
red
793-5501/000-005
blue
793-5501/000-006
gray
793-5501/000-007
orange
793-5501/000-012
light green
793-5501/000-017
green
793-5501/000-023
violet
793-5501/000-024
5
5
WMB Inline, plain,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm,
1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll
white
1
2009-115
TOPJOB®S group marker carrier,
snap-on type for jumper slot,
5 mm wide
gray
50 (2x25)
2009-191
Screwless end stop,
for DIN 35 rail,
6 mm wide
gray
100 (4x25)
249-116
Screwless end stop,
for DIN 35 rail,
10 mm wide
gray
50 (2x25)
249-117
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
400 V/6 kV/3 2
300 V, 15 AU
300 V, 10 A2
IN 16 A
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
400 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 16 A
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
400 V/6 kV/3 2
300 V, 15 AU
300 V, 10 A2
IN 16 A
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
34 mm/1.34 in
66,1 mm/2.6 in
Item No.
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
38,9 mm/1.53 in
44
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
37,6 mm/1.48 in
1
TOPJOB® S
Disconnect Terminal Blocks for Test and Measurement,
Through Terminal Blocks of Same Profile 2.5 (4) mm², 2002 Series
34 mm/1.34 in
66,1 mm/2.6 in
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and
measurement,
with test point,
orange disconnect link
2002-1671
50
gray
2002-1674
50
blue
2002-1672
50
orange
Item No.
34 mm/1.34 in
66,1 mm/2.6 in
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and
measurement with mechanical interlock,
with test point,
orange disconnect link
2002-1671/401-000 50
gray
2002-1674/401-000 50
blue
2002-1672/401-000 50
orange
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor through terminal block,
with test point,
same profile as 2-conductor disconnect terminal block
gray
blue
orange
2002-1601
2002-1604
2002-1602
50
50
50
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
2002-1661
Carrier
Page 76
2002-1681
Fuse
Page 50
2002 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline
(see Section 13)
Protective warning marker,
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
2002-1692 100 (4x25)
with high-voltage symbol, black,
orange
2002-1691 100 (4x25)
for 5 terminal blocks
gray
2002-115 100
yellow
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
Insulation stop,
IN 25 A,
5 pcs/strip,
light gray
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
2002-171 200 (8x25)
2002-433 200
from 1 to 3
light gray
2002-434 200
from 1 to 4
Insulation stop,
2002-435 100
from 1 to 5
5 pcs/strip,
2002-436 100
from 1 to 6
0.75 - 1 mm²
2002-172 200 (8x25)
2002-437 100
from 1 to 7
dark gray
2002-438 100
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
from 1 to 8
4
2002-439 100
IN 25 A,
from 1 to 9
light gray
from 1 to 10 2002-440 100
2002-402 200 (8x25)
2-way
2002-403 200 (8x25) Staggered jumper,
3-way
2002-404 200 (8x25) 4
insulated,
4-way
2002-405 100 (4x25)
IN 25 A,
5-way
2002-406 100 (4x25)
light gray
6-way
2002-407 100 (4x25)
2002-472 100
2-way
7-way
2002-408 100 (4x25)
2002-473 100
3-way
8-way
2002-409 100 (4x25)
2002-474 100
4-way
9-way
2002-410 100 (4x25)
2002-475
50
5-way
10-way
2002-476
50
6-way
Push-in type wire jumper,
4
2002-477
50
7-way
insulated,
2002-478
50
8-way
IN 18 A,
2002-479
50
9-way
wire size 1.5 mm²
2009-412 100 (10x10)
2002-480
50
10-way
L = 60 mm
2002-481
50
11-way
L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10)
2002-482
50
12-way
L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10)
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
(4x25)
Customized staggered jumper,
insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
2002-473/011-000
1-3
100 (4x25)
2002-475/011-000
1-3-5
2002-477/011-000
1-3-5-7
2002-479/011-000
1-3-5-7-9
1-3-5-7-9-11 2002-481/011-000
50 (2x25)
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25) Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulated,
(4x25) 4
IN 25 A,
(4x25)
light gray
2002-400 100 (4x25)
2-way
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
4
can be snapped together,
for jumper contact slot
2002-511 100 (4x25)
gray
(4x25) Spacer module, can be snapped together,
(4x25)
e.g., for bridging commoned terminal
(4x25)
blocks
(2x25)
2002-549 100 (4x25)
gray
(2x25) End plate,
(2x25)
for modular TOPJOB®S connectors,
(2x25)
1.5 mm thick
2002-541 100 (4x25)
(2x25)
gray
(2x25) TOPJOB®S L-test plug module,
(2x25) 4
can be snapped together
(2x25)
gray
2002-611 100 (4x25)
S
1
45
1
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrules, 12 mm”
One center and two side marker slots for WMB markers
or marking strips. Dual jumper slots, in the same position
as the 2002 Series terminal blocks. Commoning options in
front of or behind the knife disconnect, depending on the
power supply direction.
2 400 V = rated voltage
6 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
4 See application notes for:
Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101
Staggered jumper, page 104
Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning,
page 101
Push-in type wire jumper, page 102
TOPJOB®S connector, page 96
TOPJOB®S L-type test plug module, page 100
Accessories
Test plug adapter,
for 4 mm Ø test plug
gray
2009-174
100 (4x25)
Testing tap,
for max. 2.5 mm²
gray
2009-182
100 (4x25)
Banana plug,
for socket 4 mm Ø,
color mixed
215-111
Double-deck marker carrier,
pivoting
gray
2002-121
Testing with test plug 2 mm Ø
Additional marking option via pivoting marking adapter
2- and 4-conductor disconnect terminal blocks for
test und measurement
Opening the knife disconnect.
2- and 4-conductor disconnect terminal blocks for
test and measurement
Closing the knife disconnect.
Carrier terminal block with disconnect plug in parked position.
Carrier terminal block with disconnect plug in operating
position.
50
50 (2x25)
WMB Multi marking system,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
plain
793-5501
WMB Inline, plain,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm,
1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll
white
2009-115
Marking strip, plain,
11 mm wide,
50 m roll
white
2009-110
5
1
1
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
400 V/6 kV/3 2
300 V, 15 AU
300 V, 10 A2
IN 16 A
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
400 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 16 A
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
400 V/6 kV/3 2
300 V, 15 AU
300 V, 10 A2
IN 16 A
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
44,7 mm/1.76 in
76,8 mm/3.02 in
Item No.
32,9 mm/1.3 in
32,9 mm/1.3 in
37,6 mm/1.48 in
46
32,9 mm/1.3 in
37,6 mm/1.48 in
1
TOPJOB® S
Disconnect Terminal Blocks for Test and Measurement,
Through Terminal Blocks of Same Profile 2.5 (4) mm², 2002 Series
44,7 mm/1.76 in
76,8 mm/3.02 in
Pack.
Unit
3-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and
measurement,
with test point,
orange disconnect link
50
2002-1771
gray
50
2002-1774
blue
50
2002-1772
orange
Item No.
44,7 mm/1.76 in
76,8 mm/3.02 in
Pack.
Unit
3-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and
measurement with mechanical interlock,
with test point,
orange disconnect link
2002-1771/401-000 50
gray
2002-1774/401-000 50
blue
2002-1772/401-000 50
orange
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
3-conductor through terminal block,
with test point,
same profile as 3-conductor disconnect terminal block
gray
blue
orange
2002-1701
2002-1704
2002-1702
50
50
50
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
2002-1761
Carrier
Page 76
2002-1781
Fuse
Page 50
2002 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline
(see Section 13)
Protective warning marker,
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
2002-1792 100 (4x25)
with high-voltage symbol, black,
orange
2002-1791 100 (4x25)
for 5 terminal blocks
gray
2002-115 100
yellow
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
Insulation stop,
IN 25 A,
5 pcs/strip,
light gray
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
2002-171 200 (8x25)
2002-433 200
from 1 to 3
light gray
2002-434 200
from 1 to 4
Insulation stop,
2002-435 100
from 1 to 5
5 pcs/strip,
2002-436 100
from 1 to 6
0.75 - 1 mm²
2002-172 200 (8x25)
2002-437 100
from 1 to 7
dark gray
2002-438 100
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
from 1 to 8
4
2002-439 100
IN 25 A,
from 1 to 9
light gray
from 1 to 10 2002-440 100
2002-402 200 (8x25)
2-way
2002-403 200 (8x25) Staggered jumper,
3-way
2002-404 200 (8x25) 4
insulated,
4-way
2002-405 100 (4x25)
IN 25 A,
5-way
2002-406 100 (4x25)
light gray
6-way
2002-407 100 (4x25)
2002-472 100
2-way
7-way
2002-408 100 (4x25)
2002-473 100
3-way
8-way
2002-409 100 (4x25)
2002-474 100
4-way
9-way
50
2002-410 100 (4x25)
2002-475
5-way
10-way
50
2002-476
6-way
Push-in type wire jumper,
4
50
2002-477
7-way
insulated,
50
2002-478
8-way
IN 18 A,
50
2002-479
9-way
wire size 1.5 mm²
50
2002-480
2009-412 100 (10x10)
10-way
L = 60 mm
50
2002-481
11-way
L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10)
50
2002-482
12-way
L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10)
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
(4x25)
Customized staggered jumper,
insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
2002-473/011-000
1-3
100 (4x25)
2002-475/011-000
1-3-5
2002-477/011-000
1-3-5-7
2002-479/011-000
1-3-5-7-9
1-3-5-7-9-11 2002-481/011-000
50 (2x25)
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25) Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulated,
(4x25) 4
IN 25 A,
(4x25)
light gray
2002-400 100 (4x25)
2-way
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
4
can be snapped together,
for jumper contact slot
2002-511 100 (4x25)
gray
(4x25) Spacer module, can be snapped together,
(4x25)
e.g., for bridging commoned terminal
(4x25)
blocks
(2x25)
2002-549 100 (4x25)
gray
(2x25) End plate,
(2x25)
for modular TOPJOB®S connectors,
(2x25)
1.5 mm thick
(2x25)
2002-541 100 (4x25)
gray
(2x25) TOPJOB®S L-test plug module,
(2x25) 4
can be snapped together
(2x25)
2002-611 100 (4x25)
gray
S
1
47
1
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrules, 12 mm”
One center and two side marker slots for WMB markers
or marking strips. Dual jumper slots, in the same position
as the 2002 Series terminal blocks. Commoning options in
front of or behind the knife disconnect, depending on the
power supply direction.
2 400 V = rated voltage
6 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
4 See application notes for:
Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101
Staggered jumper, page 104
Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning,
page 101
Push-in type wire jumper, page 102
TOPJOB®S connector, page 96
TOPJOB®S L-type test plug module, page 100
Accessories
Test plug adapter,
for 4 mm Ø test plug
gray
2009-174
100 (4x25)
Testing tap,
for max. 2.5 mm²
gray
2009-182
100 (4x25)
Banana plug,
for socket 4 mm Ø,
color mixed
215-111
Double-deck marker carrier,
pivoting
gray
2002-121
Testing with test plug 2 mm Ø
Additional marking option via pivoting marking adapter
2- and 4-conductor disconnect terminal blocks for
test und measurement
Opening the knife disconnect.
2- and 4-conductor disconnect terminal blocks for
test and measurement
Closing the knife disconnect.
Carrier terminal block with disconnect plug in parked position.
Carrier terminal block with disconnect plug in operating
position.
50
50 (2x25)
WMB Multi marking system,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
plain
793-5501
WMB Inline, plain,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm,
1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll
white
2009-115
Marking strip, plain,
11 mm wide,
50 m roll
white
2009-110
5
1
1
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
400 V/6 kV/3 2
300 V, 15 AU
300 V, 15 A2
IN 16 A
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
400 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 16 A
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
400 V/6 kV/3 2
300 V, 15 AU
300 V, 15 A2
IN 16 A
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
44,7 mm/1.76 in
87,5 mm/3.44 in
Item No.
32,9 mm/1.3 in
32,9 mm/1.3 in
38,9 mm/1.53 in
48
32,9 mm/1.3 in
37,6 mm/1.48 in
1
TOPJOB® S
Disconnect Terminal Blocks for Test and Measurement,
Through Terminal Blocks of Same Profile 2.5 (4) mm², 2002 Series
44,7 mm/1.76 in
87,5 mm/3.44 in
Pack.
Unit
4-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and
measurement,
with test point,
orange disconnect link
2002-1871
50
gray
2002-1874
50
blue
2002-1872
50
orange
Item No.
44,7 mm/1.76 in
87,5 mm/3.44 in
Pack.
Unit
4-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and
measurement with mechanical interlock,
with test point,
orange disconnect link
2002-1871/401-000 50
gray
2002-1874/401-000 50
blue
2002-1872/401-000 50
orange
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
4-conductor through terminal block,
with test point,
same profile as 4-conductor disconnect terminal block
gray
blue
orange
2002-1801
2002-1804
2002-1802
50
50
50
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
2002-1861
Carrier
Page 76
2002-1881
Fuse
Page 50
2002 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline
(see Section 13)
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
Protective warning marker,
2002-1892 100 (4x25)
orange
with high-voltage symbol, black,
2002-1891 100 (4x25)
gray
for 5 terminal blocks
2002-115 100
yellow
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
Insulation stop,
IN 25 A,
5 pcs/strip,
light gray
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
2002-433 200
from 1 to 3
2002-171 200 (8x25)
light gray
2002-434 200
from 1 to 4
Insulation stop,
2002-435 100
from 1 to 5
5 pcs/strip,
2002-436 100
from 1 to 6
0.75 - 1 mm²
2002-437 100
from 1 to 7
2002-172 200 (8x25)
dark gray
2002-438 100
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
from 1 to 8
4
2002-439 100
IN 25 A,
from 1 to 9
light gray
from 1 to 10 2002-440 100
2002-402 200 (8x25)
2-way
2002-403 200 (8x25) Staggered jumper,
3-way
2002-404 200 (8x25) 4
insulated,
4-way
2002-405 100 (4x25)
IN 25 A,
5-way
2002-406 100 (4x25)
6-way
light gray
2002-407 100 (4x25)
2002-472 100
2-way
7-way
2002-408 100 (4x25)
2002-473 100
3-way
8-way
2002-409 100 (4x25)
2002-474 100
4-way
9-way
50
2002-410 100 (4x25)
2002-475
5-way
10-way
50
2002-476
6-way
Push-in type wire jumper,
4
50
2002-477
7-way
insulated,
50
2002-478
8-way
IN 18 A,
50
2002-479
9-way
wire size 1.5 mm²
50
2002-480
10-way
L = 60 mm
2009-412 100 (10x10)
50
2002-481
11-way
L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10)
50
2002-482
12-way
L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10)
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
(4x25)
Customized staggered jumper,
insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
1-3
2002-473/011-000
100 (4x25)
1-3-5
2002-475/011-000
1-3-5-7
2002-477/011-000
1-3-5-7-9
2002-479/011-000
1-3-5-7-9-11 2002-481/011-000
50 (2x25)
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25) Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulated,
(4x25) 4
IN 25 A,
(4x25)
light gray
2002-400 100 (4x25)
2-way
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
4
can be snapped together,
for jumper contact slot
2002-511 100 (4x25)
gray
(4x25) Spacer module, can be snapped together,
(4x25)
e.g., for bridging commoned terminal
(4x25)
blocks
(2x25)
2002-549 100 (4x25)
gray
(2x25) End plate,
(2x25)
for modular TOPJOB®S connectors,
(2x25)
1.5 mm thick
(2x25)
2002-541 100 (4x25)
gray
(2x25) TOPJOB®S L-test plug module,
(2x25) 4
can be snapped together
(2x25)
2002-611 100 (4x25)
gray
S
1
49
1
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrules, 12 mm”
Carrier terminal block with disconnect plug in parked position.
Application example showing a 2-conductor carrier terminal block 2002-1661 with disconnect plug
2 400 V = rated voltage
6 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
4 See application notes for:
Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101
Staggered jumper, page 104
Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning,
page 101
Push-in type wire jumper, page 102
TOPJOB®S connector, page 96
TOPJOB®S L-type test plug module, page 100
Accessories
Test plug adapter,
for 4 mm Ø test plug
2009-174
gray
100 (4x25)
Testing tap,
for max. 2.5 mm²
2009-182
gray
100 (4x25)
Banana plug,
for socket 4 mm Ø,
color mixed
215-111
Double-deck marker carrier,
pivoting
2002-121
gray
50
2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and
measurement, with knife disconnect and mechanical
interlock
Open position
50 (2x25)
WMB Multi marking system,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
793-5501
plain
WMB Inline, plain,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm,
1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll
2009-115
white
Marking strip, plain,
11 mm wide,
50 m roll
2009-110
white
5
1
1
2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and
measurement, with knife disconnect and mechanical
interlock
Top view
2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and
measurement, with knife disconnect and mechanical
interlock
Closing of knife disconnect
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
400 V/6 kV/3 2
300 V, 10 AU
300 V, 10 A2
IN 10 A 3
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm²
400 V/6 kV/3
IN 10 A
AWG 22 - 12
300 V, 10 AU
300 V, 10 A2
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
400 V/6 kV/3 2
300 V, 10 AU
300 V, 10 A2
IN 10 A 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 4
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 4
44,7 mm/1.76 in
76,8 mm/3.02 in
34 mm/1.34 in
66,1 mm/2.6 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
2-conductor fuse terminal block,
with test point,
for blade-style fuses acc. to DIN 72581-3f, ISO 8820-3
gray
32,9 mm/1.3 in
38 mm/1.5 in
32,9 mm/1.3 in
38 mm/1.5 in
50
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
38 mm/1.5 in
1
TOPJOB® S
Fuse Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm²
2002 Series
2002-1681
50
44,7 mm/1.76 in
87,5 mm/3.44 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
3-conductor fuse terminal block,
with test point,
for blade-style fuses acc. to DIN 72581-3f, ISO 8820-3
gray
2002-1781
50
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
4-conductor fuse terminal block,
with test point,
for blade-style fuses acc. to DIN 72581-3f, ISO 8820-3
gray
2002-1881
50
Blade-style fuses are not offered by WAGO
Blade-style fuses are not offered by WAGO
Blade-style fuses are not offered by WAGO
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
2002-1601
Through
Page 44
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
2002-1701
Through
Page 46
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
2002-1801
Through
Page 48
Item-Specific Accessories
Item-Specific Accessories
Item-Specific Accessories
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
2002-1692
orange
2002-1691
gray
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
2002-1792
orange
2002-1791
gray
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
2002-1892
orange
2002-1891
gray
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
2002 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline
(see Section 13)
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
2002-171 200
light gray
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.75 - 1 mm²
2002-172 200
dark gray
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
5
IN 25 A,
light gray
2002-402 200
2-way
2002-403 200
3-way
2002-404 200
4-way
2002-405 100
5-way
2002-406 100
6-way
2002-407 100
7-way
2002-408 100
8-way
2002-409 100
9-way
2002-410 100
10-way
Protective warning marker,
with high-voltage symbol, black,
for 5 terminal blocks
2002-115 100
yellow
Double-deck marker carrier,
pivoting
2002-121
50
gray
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
Staggered jumper,
5
IN 25 A,
insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
2002-433 200 (8x25)
(8x25)
from 1 to 3
light gray
2002-434 200 (8x25)
2002-472 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 4
2-way
2002-435 100 (4x25)
2002-473 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 5
3-way
2002-436 100 (4x25)
2002-474 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 6
4-way
50 (2x25)
2002-437 100 (4x25)
(8x25)
2002-475
from 1 to 7
5-way
50 (2x25)
2002-438 100 (4x25)
2002-476
from 1 to 8
6-way
50 (2x25)
2002-439 100 (4x25)
2002-477
from 1 to 9
7-way
50 (2x25)
2002-478
from 1 to 10 2002-440 100 (4x25)
8-way
(8x25)
50 (2x25)
2002-479
9-way
(8x25) Push-in type wire jumper,
50 (2x25)
2002-480
10-way
(8x25) 5
50 (2x25)
2002-481
11-way
insulated,
(4x25)
50 (2x25)
2002-482
12-way
IN 18 A,
(4x25)
wire size 1.5 mm²
(4x25)
2009-412 100 (10x10) Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulated,
L = 60 mm
(4x25)
IN 25 A,
L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10) 5
(4x25)
light gray
L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10)
(4x25)
2002-400 100 (4x25)
2-way
Test plug,
with 500 mm cable,
2 mm Ø
210-136
(4x25)
50
red
Banana plug,
for socket 4 mm Ø,
color mixed
(2x25)
215-111
50
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
Safety Information
S
1
51
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrules, 12 mm”
2 400 V = rated voltage
6 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 - Individual arrangement: 10 A
- Block arrangement: 5 A
Protection against direct contact must be observed for
42 V and higher voltages
4 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
5 See application notes for:
Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101
Staggered jumper, page 104
Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning,
page 101
Push-in type wire jumper, page 102
TOPJOB®S connector, page 96
TOPJOB®S L-type test plug module, page 100
Accessories
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
5
can be snapped together,
for jumper contact slot
gray
2002-511 100 (4x25)
Spacer module, can be snapped together,
e.g., for bridging commoned terminal
blocks
gray
2002-549 100 (4x25)
End plate,
for modular TOPJOB®S connectors,
1.5 mm thick
2002-541 100 (4x25)
gray
TOPJOB®S L-test plug module,
5
can be snapped together
2002-611 100 (4x25)
gray
Test plug adapter,
for 4 mm Ø test plug
2009-174
gray
100 (4x25)
Testing tap,
for max. 2.5 mm²
2009-182
gray
100 (4x25)
WMB Multi marking system,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
793-5501
plain
5
Selecting the correct fuse cartridge is important for product
safety within applications, as well as for fuse cartridge service life and reliability. Fuse cartrigdes can operate perfectly as protection (break-off point) if they are properly
selected and used according to manufacturer specifications.
The rated currents of the fuse cartridges are defined differently in international standards.
Due to different current rating definitions, the recommended current-carrying permanent capacity of the fuses is
max. 80% of their rated current according to DIN 72581
part 3 (for an ambient operating temperature of 23°C).
Regarding product safety, it is generally necessary
to test fuse cartridges under normal conditions and
operational failures within your application.
1
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
250 V/6 kV/3 2
250 V, 6 AU
250 V, 6 A2
IN 6.3 A
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
250 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 6.3 A
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
250 V/6 kV/3 2
250 V, 6 AU
250 V, 6 A2
IN 6.3 A
Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
44,7 mm/1.76 in
76,8 mm/3.02 in
34 mm/1.34 in
66,1 mm/2.6 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
2-conductor fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder,
for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm,
without blown fuse indication
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the fuse.
gray
2002-1611
2002-1611/1000-541
2002-1611/1000-542
2002-1611/1000-836
2002-1611/1000-867
Item No.
50
50
50
50
44,7 mm/1.76 in
87,5 mm/3.44 in
Pack.
Unit
3-conductor fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder,
for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm,
without blown fuse indication
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the fuse.
gray
50
2-conductor fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder,
for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm,
with blown fuse indication by LED, gray
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or
fuse. Leakage current in case of blown fuse: LED 2mA
12 - 30 V
30 - 65 V
230 V
120 V
57,2 mm/2.25 in
57,6 mm/2.27 in
52
57,2 mm/2.25 in
1
TOPJOB® S
Fuse Disconnect Terminal Blocks with Pivoting Fuse Holder 2.5 (4) mm²
for Miniature Fuses 5 x 20 mm, 2002 Series
2002-1711
50
12 - 30 V
30 - 65 V
230 V
120 V
2002-1711/1000-541
2002-1711/1000-542
2002-1711/1000-836
2002-1711/1000-867
4-conductor fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder,
for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm,
without blown fuse indication
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the fuse.
gray
3-conductor fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder,
for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm,
with blown fuse indication by LED, gray
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or
fuse. Leakage current in case of blown fuse: LED 2mA
50
50
50
50
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
2002-1811
50
4-conductor fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder,
for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm,
with blown fuse indication by LED, gray
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or
fuse. Leakage current in case of blown fuse: LED 2mA
12 - 30 V
30 - 65 V
230 V
120 V
2002-1811/1000-541
2002-1811/1000-542
2002-1811/1000-836
2002-1811/1000-867
50
50
50
50
Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/WMB Inline/Marking strips
(see Section 13)
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
End plate for fuse terminal blocks,
IN 32 A,
2 mm thick
2002-992 100 (4x25)
orange
light gray
2002-991 100 (4x25)
2004-402 200
2-way
gray
2004-403 200
3-way
Insulation stop,
2004-404 100
4-way
5 pcs/strip,
2004-405 100
5-way
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
2004-406 100
2002-171 200 (8x25)
6-way
light gray
2004-407 100
7-way
Insulation stop,
2004-408 100
8-way
5 pcs/strip,
2004-409 100
9-way
0.75 - 1 mm²
2002-172 200 (8x25)
2004-410 100
10-way
dark gray
Protective warning marker,
Push-in type wire jumper,
4
with high-voltage symbol, black,
insulated,
for 5 terminal blocks
IN 18 A,
2002-115 100
wire size 1.5 mm²
yellow
L = 60 mm
2009-412 100 (10x10)
L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10)
L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10)
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 32 A,
light gray
from 1 to 3
2004-433
from 1 to 4
2004-434
from 1 to 5
2004-435
from 1 to 6
2004-436
from 1 to 7
2004-437
from 1 to 8
2004-438
from 1 to 9
2004-439
from 1 to 10 2004-440
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
S
1
53
1
Fuse terminal blocks with a width of 6.2 mm can be
assembled adjacently. If there is no adjacent fuse terminal
block at the end of the assembly, an end plate must be
used.
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
2 250 V = rated voltage
6 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
4 See application notes for:
Push-in type wire jumper, page 102
When selecting miniature fuses, the maximum power loss
listed below should not be exceeded. The power loss is
determined according to IEC or EN 60947-7-3/VDE
0611-6 at 23°C. The temperature rise of the terminal
blocks must be checked according to their application and
mounting. Higher ambient temperatures place additional
strain on fuse cartridges. Therefore, in such applications,
the rated current must be reduced if necessary. More
details available from the manufacturer.
Pivoting the fuse holder in the locked open position.
Miniature fuses 5 x 20
Series
Item No.
Overload and
short circuit protection
Individual
argmt.
Group
argmt.
Short circuit
protection only
Individual
argmt.
Group
argmt.
Fuse terminal blocks
Exchanging fuse.
2002-1611
2002-1811
1.6 W
1.6 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
2002-1611/....-....
2002-1811/....-....
1.6 W
1.6 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
Protective warning marker and insulation stop must be
applied individually. Due to the 6.2 mm width of the fuse
terminal blocks with pivoting fuse holder, 2004 Series
jumpers must be used.
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
400 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 16 A
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
400 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 16 A
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
400 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 16 A
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
40,8 mm/1.61 in
72,9 mm/2.87 in
Item No.
32,9 mm/1.3 in
32,9 mm/1.3 in
38,9 mm/1.53 in
54
32,9 mm/1.3 in
37,9 mm/1.49 in
1
TOPJOB® S
Disconnect Terminal Blocks for Test and Measurement without and with Mechanical Interlock with Additional Jumper Position 2.5 (4) mm², 2002 Series
40,8 mm/1.61 in
72,9 mm/2.87 in
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and
measurement,
with test point, orange disconnect link,
with additional jumper position
2002-1971
50
gray
2002-1974
50
blue
2002-1972
50
orange
Item No.
40,8 mm/1.61 in
72,9 mm/2.87 in
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and
measurement with mechanical interlock,
with test point, orange disconnect link,
with additional jumper position
2002-1971/401-000 50
gray
2002-1972/401-000 50
orange
2002-1974/401-000 50
blue
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor through terminal block,
with test point, with additional jumper position,
same profile as 2-conductor disconnect terminal block
gray
blue
orange
2002-1901
2002-1904
2002-1902
2-conductor ground terminal block
2002-1907
green-yellow
50
50
50
50
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
2002-1961
Carrier
Page 76
2002-1981
Fuse
Page 57
2002 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline
(see Section 13)
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
2002-1992 100 (4x25)
IN 25 A,
orange
2002-1991 100 (4x25)
light gray
gray
2002-433 200 (8x25)
from 1 to 3
2002-434 200 (8x25)
from 1 to 4
Insulation stop,
2002-435 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 5
5 pcs/strip,
2002-436 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 6
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
2002-171 200 (8x25)
2002-437 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 7
light gray
2002-438 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 8
Insulation stop,
2002-439 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 9
5 pcs/strip,
from 1 to 10 2002-440 100 (4x25)
0.75 - 1 mm²
2002-172 200 (8x25)
dark gray
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
Staggered jumper,
4
4
IN 25 A,
insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
2002-402 200 (8x25)
2-way
light gray
2002-403 200 (8x25)
2002-472 100 (4x25)
2-way
3-way
2002-404 200 (8x25)
2002-473 100 (4x25)
3-way
4-way
2002-405 100 (4x25)
2002-474 100 (4x25)
4-way
5-way
2002-406 100 (4x25)
50 (2x25)
2002-475
5-way
6-way
2002-407 100 (4x25)
50 (2x25)
2002-476
6-way
7-way
2002-408 100 (4x25)
50 (2x25)
2002-477
7-way
8-way
2002-409 100 (4x25)
50 (2x25)
2002-478
8-way
9-way
2002-410 100 (4x25)
50 (2x25)
2002-479
9-way
10-way
50 (2x25)
2002-480
Push-in type wire jumper,
10-way
4
50 (2x25)
2002-481
insulated,
11-way
50 (2x25)
2002-482
IN 18 A,
12-way
wire size 1.5 mm²
2009-412 100 (10x10) Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulated,
L = 60 mm
L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10) 4
IN 25 A,
L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10)
light gray
2002-400 100 (4x25)
2-way
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
Protective warning marker,
with high-voltage symbol, black,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow
2002-115 100 (4x25)
Test plug adapter,
for 4 mm Ø test plug
2009-174 100 (4x25)
gray
Testing tap,
for max. 2.5 mm²
gray
2009-182
100 (4x25)
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
4
can be snapped together,
for jumper contact slot
2002-511 100 (4x25)
gray
Spacer module, can be snapped together,
e.g., for bridging commoned terminal
blocks
2002-549 100 (4x25)
gray
End plate,
for modular TOPJOB®S connectors,
1.5 mm thick
gray
2002-541 100 (4x25)
TOPJOB®S L-test plug module,
4
can be snapped together
gray
2002-611 100 (4x25)
Test plug,
with 500 mm cable,
2 mm Ø
red
210-136
50
S
1
55
1
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrules, 12 mm”
2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and
measurement, with knife disconnect and mechanical
interlock
Open position
2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and
measurement, with knife disconnect and mechanical
interlock
Top view
Double-deck marker carrier,
pivoting
gray
2002-121
50 (2x25)
WMB Multi marking system,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
plain
793-5501
WMB Inline, plain,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm,
1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll
white
2009-115
Marking strip, plain,
11 mm wide,
50 m roll
white
2009-110
5
1
Three jumper slots available
1
2 400 V = rated voltage
6 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
4 See application notes for:
Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101
Staggered jumper, page 104
Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning,
page 101
Push-in type wire jumper, page 102
TOPJOB®S connector, page 96
TOPJOB®S L-type test plug module, page 100
2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and
measurement, with knife disconnect and mechanical
interlock
Closing of knife disconnect
TOPJOB® S
Fuse Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm²
2002 Series
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
400 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 10 A
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
400 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 10 A
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
40,8 mm/1.61 in
72,9 mm/2.87 in
Circuit I
40,8 mm/1.61 in
72,9 mm/2.87 in
Circuit II
Circuit I
40,8 mm/1.61 in
72,9 mm/2.87 in
Circuit II
Circuit I
Item No.
2002-1981/1000-429 50
2002-1981/1000-449 50
Circuit II
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor fuse terminal block for mini-automotive
blade-style fuses,
12V, with test point, with blown fuse indication by LED,
LED power consumption: 4.8 mA, gray
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or
fuse. Blade-style fuses, please note touchproof protection
for 42V and higher.
Circuit I
Circuit II
32,9 mm/1.3 in
38 mm/1.5 in
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
400 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 10 A
32,9 mm/1.3 in
38 mm/1.5 in
56
32,9 mm/1.3 in
38 mm/1.5 in
1
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor fuse terminal block for mini-automotive
blade-style fuses,
24 V, with test point, with blown fuse indication by LED,
LED power consumption: 4.8 mA, gray
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or
fuse. Blade-style fuses, please note touchproof protection
for 42V and higher.
Circuit I
Circuit II
2002-1981/1000-413 50
2002-1981/1000-434 50
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor fuse terminal block for mini-automotive
blade-style fuses,
48 V, with test point, with blown fuse indication by LED,
LED power consumption: 4.8 mA, gray
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or
fuse. Blade-style fuses, please note touchproof protection
for 42V and higher.
Circuit I
Circuit II
2002-1981/1000-414 50
2002-1981/1000-435 50
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
2002-1901
Through
Page 54
2002 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline
(see Section 13)
Staggered jumper,
Push-in type wire jumper,
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
4
2002-1992 100 (4x25) 4
insulated,
insulated,
orange
2002-1991 100 (4x25)
IN 25 A,
IN 18 A,
gray
wire size 1.5 mm²
light gray
2-way
2002-472 100
2009-412 100 (10x10)
L = 60 mm
Insulation stop,
3-way
2002-473 100
L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10)
5 pcs/strip,
4-way
2002-474 100
L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10)
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
2002-171 200 (8x25)
50
5-way
2002-475
light gray
50
6-way
2002-476
Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulated,
Insulation stop,
4
50
7-way
2002-477
IN 25 A,
5 pcs/strip,
50
8-way
2002-478
light gray
0.75 - 1 mm²
2002-172 200 (8x25)
2002-400 100 (4x25)
50
9-way
2002-479
2-way
dark gray
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
50
10-way
2002-480
4
IN 25 A,
IN 25 A,
50
11-way
2002-481
50
light gray
light gray
12-way
2002-482
2002-402 200 (8x25)
2002-433 200 (8x25)
from 1 to 3
2-way
2002-403 200 (8x25)
2002-434 200 (8x25) Protective warning marker,
from 1 to 4
3-way
2002-404 200 (8x25)
2002-435 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 5
4-way
with high-voltage symbol, black,
2002-405 100 (4x25)
2002-436 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 6
5-way
for 5 terminal blocks
2002-406 100 (4x25)
2002-437 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 7
6-way
yellow
2002-115 100
2002-407 100 (4x25)
2002-438 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 8
7-way
2002-408 100 (4x25)
2002-439 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 9
8-way
2002-409 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 10 2002-440 100 (4x25)
9-way
2002-410 100 (4x25)
10-way
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(4x25)
S
1
57
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
400 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 10 A
1
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrules, 12 mm”
32,9 mm/1.3 in
38 mm/1.5 in
2 400 V = rated voltage
6 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
40,8 mm/1.61 in
72,9 mm/2.87 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor fuse terminal block for mini-automotive
blade-style fuses,
with test point, with additional jumper position,
without blown fuse indication
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the fuse.
Blade-style fuses, please note touchproof protection for
42V and higher.
gray
2002-1981
50
Blade-style fuses are not offered by WAGO
WMB Inline, plain,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm,
1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll
1
white
2009-115
WMB Multi marking system,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
5
plain
793-5501
Double-deck marker carrier,
pivoting
50 (2x25)
gray
2002-121
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
4 See application notes for:
Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101
Staggered jumper, page 104
Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning,
page 101
Push-in type wire jumper, page 102
TOPJOB®S connector, page 96
TOPJOB®S L-type test plug module, page 100
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
250 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 6.3 A
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
250 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 6.3 A
Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
S
57,6 mm/2.27 in
58
57,6 mm/2.27 in
1
TOPJOB® S
Fuse Disconnect Terminal Blocks with Pivoting Fuse Holder and
Additional Jumper Position for Miniature Fuses 5 x 20 mm, 2002 Series
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
2 250 V = rated voltage
6 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
40,8 mm/1.61 in
72,9 mm/2.87 in
Item No.
40,8 mm/1.61 in
72,9 mm/2.87 in
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder, with additional jumper position,
for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm,
without blown fuse indication
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the fuse.
gray
2002-1911
50
Item No.
4 See application notes for:
Push-in type wire jumper, page 102
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder, with additional jumper position,
for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm,
with blown fuse indication by LED, gray
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or
fuse. Leakage current in case of blown fuse: LED 2mA
12 - 30 V
30 - 65 V
120 V
230 V
2002-1911/1000-541
2002-1911/1000-542
2002-1911/1000-867
2002-1911/1000-836
50
50
50
50
Miniature fuses 5 x 20
Series
Item No.
Overload and
short circuit protection
Individual
argmt.
Group
argmt.
Short circuit
protection only
Individual
argmt.
Group
argmt.
Fuse terminal blocks
2002-1911
1.6 W
1.6 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
2002-1911/....-....
1.6 W
1.6 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
Protective warning marker and insulation stop must be
applied individually. Due to the 6.2 mm width of the fuse
terminal blocks with pivoting fuse holder, 2004 Series
jumpers must be used.
2002 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline
(see Section 13)
End plate for fuse terminal blocks,
2 mm thick
orange
2002-992
gray
2002-991
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
light gray
2002-171
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.75 - 1 mm²
dark gray
2002-172
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 32 A,
light gray
2-way
2004-402
3-way
2004-403
4-way
2004-404
5-way
2004-405
6-way
2004-406
7-way
2004-407
8-way
2004-408
9-way
2004-409
10-way
2004-410
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 32 A,
100 (4x25)
light gray
100 (4x25)
from 1 to 3
2004-433 200 (8x25)
from 1 to 4
2004-434 200 (8x25)
from 1 to 5
2004-435 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 6
2004-436 100 (4x25)
200 (8x25)
from 1 to 7
2004-437 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 8
2004-438 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 9
2004-439 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 10 2004-440 100 (4x25)
200 (8x25)
Push-in type wire jumper,
4
insulated,
IN 18 A,
200 (8x25)
wire size 1.5 mm²
200 (8x25)
L = 60 mm
2009-412 100 (10x10)
100 (4x25)
L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10)
100 (4x25)
L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10)
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25) Protective warning marker,
100 (4x25)
with high-voltage symbol, black,
100 (4x25)
for 5 terminal blocks
100 (4x25)
yellow
2002-115 100 (4x25)
Test plug,
with 500 mm cable,
2 mm Ø
50
red
210-136
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
When selecting miniature fuses, the maximum power loss
listed below should not be exceeded. The power loss is
determined according to IEC or EN 60947-7-3/VDE
0611-6 at 23°C. The temperature rise of the terminal
blocks must be checked according to their application and
mounting. Higher ambient temperatures are an additional
burden on fuse cartridges. Therefore, in such applications
the rated current must be reduced if necessary. More
details available from the manufacturer.
1
59
1
0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8
800 V/8 kV/3 2
IN 30 A
0.5 - 6
Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in
L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3
Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in
L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3
Terminal block width 15 mm / 0.591 in
L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3
38,2 mm/1.5 in
38,2 mm/1.5 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
2-conductor disconnect terminal block,
with test point,
orange disconnect link
gray
blue
2006-1671
2006-1674
38,2 mm/1.5 in
96,3 mm/3.79 in
96,3 mm/3.79 in
Item No.
(10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8
36,8 mm/1.47
49,6 mm/1.95
0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8
800 V/8 kV/3 2
IN 30 A
32,9 mm/
1.29 in
60
36,8 mm/1.47
49,6 mm/1.95
1
TOPJOB® S
Disconnect and Ground Conductor Disconnect Terminal Blocks
6 (10) mm² / 30 A and Through Terminal Blocks of Same Profile, 2006 Series
96,3 mm/3.79 in
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor through terminal block,
with test point,
same profile as 2-conductor disconnect terminal block
25
25
gray
blue
2006-1601
2006-1604
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Ground conductor disconnect terminal block,
with test point,
orange disconnect link, gray
24 V
48 V
120 V
230 V
25
25
2006-1671/1000-848
2006-1671/1000-849
2006-1671/1000-850
2006-1671/1000-851
12
12
12
12
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
2006-1601
Through
Page 60
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
2006-1661
Carrier
Page 78
2006-1681
Fuse
Page 62
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
Through
Page 60
2006-1601
Item-Specific Accessories
Item-Specific Accessories
Item-Specific Accessories
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 41 A,
light gray
2006-402
2-way
2006-403
3-way
2006-404
4-way
2006-405
5-way
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 41 A,
light gray
2006-402
2-way
2006-403
3-way
2006-404
4-way
2006-405
5-way
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 41 A,
light gray
2006-433
from 1 to 3
2006-434
from 1 to 4
2006-435
from 1 to 5
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 41 A,
light gray
50 (2x25)
2006-433
from 1 to 3
50 (2x25)
2006-434
from 1 to 4
50 (2x25)
2006-435
from 1 to 5
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 41 A,
light gray
50 (2x25)
2-way
2006-402
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
Star point jumper, insulated,
Star point jumper, insulated,
IN = IN terminal block, light gray
IN = IN terminal block, light gray
2006-405/011-000
2006-405/011-000
1-3-5
1-3-5
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
2006 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips
(see Section 13)
Double-deck marker carrier,
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
pivoting
2006-1692 100 (4x25)
orange
gray
2002-121
2006-1691 100 (4x25)
gray
Screwless end stop,
for DIN 35 rail,
50 (2x25)
6 mm wide
249-116
gray
Protective warning marker,
WMB Multi marking system,
Screwless end stop,
with high-voltage symbol, black,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
for DIN 35 rail,
for 5 terminal blocks
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
10 mm wide
5
2006-115 100 (4x25)
793-5501
249-117
yellow
plain
gray
Marking strip, plain,
11 mm wide,
50 m roll
1
white
2009-110
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
100 (4x25)
50 (2x25)
Disconnect and Ground Conductor Disconnect
Terminal Blocks
S
1
61
1
1 Conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 10 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 1 mm² – 10 mm² “s”
and 1.5 mm² – 6 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
Ground conductor disconnect terminal block – top view
2 800 V = rated voltage
8 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
H2
LED/Neon lamp
green
H1
LED/Neon lamp
red
H2
LED/Neon lamp
green
F1
T1
H1
LED/Neon lamp
red
H2
LED/Neon lamp
green
F1
K2
Operating condition
Slide link closed, auxiliary circuit grounded,
green lamp illuminates.
K1
T1
H1
LED/Neon lamp
red
F1
K2
K1
T1
K2
K1
Test condition – no grounding
Slide link open, auxiliary circuit not grounded.
Test condition – grounding
Slide link open, auxiliary circuit not grounded,
red lamp illuminates.
IEC 60204/DIN VDE 0113 “Electrical equipment of
industrial machines, part 1: General requirements”
9.4.3.1:
In the case of electronic circuits, the connection of one side
of the control circuit to the protective bonding circuit in
accordance with 9.1.4 can prevent unintentional operation. When this does not help, or if due to other reasons
electronic circuits cannot be connected to the protective
bonding circuit, other measures shall be taken to achieve
the same level of safety.
Ground faults on control circuits shall not cause unintentional starting, hazardous movements or prevent stopping
the machine.
In order to fulfill this requirement, bonding to the protective
bonding circuit shall be provided in accordance with 8.2
and the devices shall be connected as described in 9.1.4.
Control circuits fed from a transformer and not connected
to the protective bonding circuit shall be provided with an
insulation monitoring device (e.g., residual current device),
which either indicates an ground fault or interrupts the circuit automatically after an ground fault.
Multipole control switches which interrupt all live conductors shall be used where the control circuit is directly connected between the phase conductors of the supply or
between a phase conductor and a neutral conductor,
which is either not grounded or grounded through a high
impedance.
This is required for starting or stopping those machine functions, which can cause a hazardous situation including:
damaging the machine or halting the work in progress, in
the event of unintentional starting or failure to stop.
Carrier terminal block with disconnect plug in operating
position.
Carrier terminal block with disconnect plug in parked position.
Terminal block assembly including:
Through terminal blocks
N-conductor disconnect terminal blocks
Fuse terminal blocks for mini-automotive fuses
TOPJOB® S
Fuse Terminal Blocks for Mini-Automotive Blade-Style Fuses 6 (10) mm²
2006 Series
0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8
500 V/8 kV/3 2
IN 25 A (30 A) 3
0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8
500 V/8 kV/3 2
IN 25 A (30 A) 3
Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in
L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 4
Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in
L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 4
Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in
L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 4
38,2 mm/1.5 in
38,2 mm/1.5 in
96,3 mm/3.79 in
Circuit I
38,2 mm/1.5 in
96,3 mm/3.79 in
Circuit II
Circuit I
96,3 mm/3.79 in
Circuit II
Circuit I
Item No.
Item No.
2006-1681/1000-429 25
2006-1681/1000-449 25
Circuit II
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor fuse terminal block for mini-automotive
blade-style fuses,
12V, with test point, with blown fuse indication by LED,
LED power consumption: 4.8 mA, gray
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or
fuse. Blade-style fuses, please note touchproof protection
for 42V and higher.
Circuit I
Circuit II
32,9 mm/1.29 in
37,9mm/1.49 in
0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8
500 V/8 kV/3 2
IN 25 A (30 A) 3
32,9 mm/1.29 in
37,9mm/1.49 in
62
32,9 mm/1.29 in
37,9mm/1.49 in
1
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor fuse terminal block for mini-automotive
blade-style fuses,
24V, with test point, with blown fuse indication by LED,
LED power consumption: 4.8 mA, gray
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or
fuse. Blade-style fuses, please note touchproof protection
for 42V and higher.
Circuit I
Circuit II
Item No.
2-conductor fuse terminal block for mini-automotive
blade-style fuses,
48V, with test point, with blown fuse indication by LED,
LED power consumption: 4.8 mA, gray
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or
fuse. Blade-style fuses, please note touchproof protection
for 42V and higher.
2006-1681/1000-413 25
2006-1681/1000-434 25
Other terminal blocks with the same profile:
2006-1601
Through
Page 60
2006 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips
(see Section 13)
Protective warning marker,
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
2006-1692 100 (4x25)
with high-voltage symbol, black,
orange
2006-1691 100 (4x25)
for 5 terminal blocks
gray
2006-115 100 (4x25)
yellow
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
WMB Multi marking system,
IN 41 A,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
light gray
50 (2x25)
2006-402
793-5501
2-way
plain
5
50 (2x25) Marking strip, plain,
2006-403
3-way
11 mm wide,
50 (2x25)
2006-404
4-way
50 m roll
50 (2x25)
2006-405
5-way
2009-110
white
1
Double-deck marker carrier,
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
pivoting
IN 41 A,
50 (2x25)
light gray
gray
2002-121
50 (2x25)
2006-433
from 1 to 3
50 (2x25)
2006-434
from 1 to 4
50 (2x25)
2006-435
from 1 to 5
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
Pack.
Unit
Circuit I
Circuit II
2006-1681/1000-414 25
2006-1681/1000-435 25
S
1
63
0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8
500 V/8 kV/3 2
IN 25 A (30 A) 3
Irat — Displacement %
40
1
30
20
Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in
L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 4
Ambient temperature °C
10
0
-10
-20
-30
23°C
-40
0
20
40
60
32,9 mm/1.29 in
37,9mm/1.49 in
-20
2 500 V = rated voltage
8 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 LED power consumption: 4.8 mA
38,2 mm/1.5 in
96,3 mm/3.79 in
4 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
Current-carrying capacity
[A]
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor fuse terminal block for mini-automotive
blade-style fuses,
with test point,
without blown fuse indication
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the fuse.
Blade-style fuses, please note touchproof protection for
42V and higher.
gray
1 Conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 10 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 1 mm² – 10 mm² “s”
and 1.5 mm² – 6 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
2006-1681
25
Blade-style fuses
(not offered by WAGO)
Excess-current circuit-breaker, thermal
(not offered by WAGO)
Recommended excess-current circuit-breakers from
ETA
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
Commning
It
4
Fuse ... A
/ Cross section ... mm²
Individual arrangement
3
2
1
2
3
4
10 A / 2.5 mm²
15 A / 2.5 mm²
20 A / 2.5 mm²
30 A / 4 mm²
1
0
10
20
30
85
75
65
55
Temperature rise
40 45 50 ∆ T [K]
Ambient operating
45 40 35 temperature [°C]
Diagram: Individual arrangement
The rated currents of the fuse cartridges are defined differently in international standards. Due to the different current
rating definitions, the recommended current-carrying permanent capacity of the fuses is max. 80% of their rated
current according to DIN 72581 part 3 (for an ambient
operating temperature of 23°C).
Selecting the correct fuse cartridge is important for product
safety within applications, as well as for fuse cartridge service life and reliability. Fuse cartridges may be used as
protection (break-off point) if they are properly selected
and used according to manufacturer specifications.
Current-carry capacity
[A]
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
Commoning
It
Fuse ... A
/ Cross section ... mm²
4
In a group
1
2
3
4
3
2
10 A / 2.5 mm²
15 A / 2.5 mm²
20 A / 4 mm²
25 A / 4 mm²
1
0
10
20
30
85
75
65
55
Temperature rise
40 45 50 ∆ T [K]
Ambient operating
45 40 35 temperature [°C]
Diagram: Block arrangement
Information from the mini-automotive
blade-type fuse manufacturers
FT
%
Derating
Tamb /°C
14
– 25
0.877
13
– 20
0.885
12
– 15
0.893
11
– 10
0.901
10
– 5
0.909
9
0
0.917
8
5
0.926
6
10
0.943
4
15
0.962
2
20
0.980
0
23
1.000
– 2
30
1.020
– 4
35
1.042
– 6
40
1.064
– 8
45
1.087
– 10
50
1.111
– 13
55
1.149
– 16
60
1.190
– 19
65
1.235
– 22
70
1.282
Regarding product safety, it is in generally necessary to
test fuse cartridges under normal conditions and operational failures within your application.
0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 15 AU
IN 10 A
0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8
800 V/8 kV/3 2
IN 10 A
Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in
L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3
Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in
L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3
59 mm/2.32 in
64
59 mm/2.32 in
1
TOPJOB® S
Fuse Disconnect Terminal Blocks with Pivoting Fuse Holder
for Miniature Fuses 5 x 20 mm, 5 x 30 mm, ¼“ x1¼“, 2006 Series
1 Conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 10 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 1 mm² – 10 mm² “s”
and 1.5 mm² – 6 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
2 800 V = rated voltage
8 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
96,3 mm/3.79 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder,
without blown fuse indication
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the fuse.
for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm
gray
2006-1611
4 See application notes for:
Star point jumper, page 103
96,3 mm/3.79 in
25
for miniature fuses 5 x 30 mm
2006-1621
gray
25
for miniature fuses 1/4“ x 11/4“
2006-1631
gray
25
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder, gray,
with blown fuse indication by LED
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or
fuse. Leakage current in case of blown fuse: LED 2mA,
for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm
2006-1611/1000-541
2006-1611/1000-542
2006-1611/1000-867
2006-1611/1000-836
25
25
25
25
for miniature fuses 5 x 30 mm
12 - 30 V
2006-1621/1000-541
30 - 65 V
2006-1621/1000-542
120 V
2006-1621/1000-867
230 V
2006-1621/1000-836
380 - 500 V
2006-1621/1000-859
25
25
25
25
25
for miniature fuses 1/4“ x 11/4“
12 - 30 V
2006-1631/1000-541
30 - 65 V
2006-1631/1000-542
120 V
2006-1631/1000-867
230 V
2006-1631/1000-836
380 - 500 V
2006-1631/1000-859
25
25
25
25
25
12 - 30 V
30 - 65 V
120 V
230 V
Pivoting the fuse holder in the locked open position.
2006 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips
(see Section 13)
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
Opening the cover to replace the fuse.
IN 41 A,
orange
2006-1692 100 (4x25)
light gray
gray
2006-1691 100 (4x25)
50 (2x25)
from 1 to 3
2006-433
50 (2x25)
End plate for fuse terminal blocks,
from 1 to 4
2006-434
50 (2x25)
2 mm thick
from 1 to 5
2006-435
orange
2006-992 100 (4x25)
gray
2006-991 100 (4x25)
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
Protective warning marker,
IN 41 A,
with high-voltage symbol, black,
light gray
for 5 terminal blocks
50 (2x25)
2-way
yellow
2006-402
2006-115 100 (4x25)
50 (2x25) Test plug,
3-way
2006-403
50 (2x25)
4-way
with 500 mm cable,
2006-404
50 (2x25)
5-way
2 mm Ø
2006-405
50
red
210-136
Star point jumper, insulated,
WMB Multi marking system,
4
IN = IN terminal block, light gray
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
1-3-5
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
2006-405/011-000
5
50 (2x25)
plain
793-5501
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
S
TOPJOB® S
Fuse Disconnect Terminal Blocks with Pivoting Fuse Holder
for Miniature Fuses ¼“ x 1¼“, 2006 Series
S
65
Terminal block width 10.4 mm / 0.409 in
L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3
Terminal block width 10.4 mm / 0.409 in
L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3
1
59 mm/2.32 in
0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8
800 V/8 kV/3 2
IN 10 A
59 mm/2.32 in
0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8
800 V/8 kV/3 2
600 V, 15 AU
IN 10 A
1 Conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 10 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 1 mm² – 10 mm² “s”
and 1.5 mm² – 6 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
2 800 V = rated voltage
8 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
96,3 mm/3.79 in
Pack.
Unit
Fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse
holder and end plate,
without blown fuse indication
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the fuse.
for miniature fuses 1/4“ x 11/4“
gray
4 See application notes for:
Star point jumper, page 103
96,3 mm/3.79 in
Item No.
2006-1631/099-000
25
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse
holder and end plate, gray,
with blown fuse indication by LED
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or
fuse. Leakage current in case of blown fuse: LED 2mA,
for miniature fuses 1/4“ x 11/4“
12 - 30 V
30 - 65 V
120 V
230 V
380 - 500 V
2006-1631/1099-541
2006-1631/1099-542
2006-1631/1099-867
2006-1631/1099-836
2006-1631/1099-859
25
25
25
25
25
Pivoting fuse holder with spare fuse holders
Protective warning markers must be applied individually.
Due to the 10.4 mm width of the fuse terminal blocks with
pivoting fuse holder, 2002 Series jumpers must be used.
2006 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips
(see Section 13)
End plate for fuse terminal blocks,
2 mm thick
orange
2006-992
gray
2006-991
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
from 1 to 3
2002-433
from 1 to 5
2002-435
from 1 to 7
2002-437
from 1 to 9
2002-439
Screwless end stop,
for DIN 35 rail,
100 (4x25)
6 mm wide
100 (4x25)
gray
249-116
Screwless end stop,
for DIN 35 rail,
10 mm wide
200 (8x25)
gray
249-117
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
Star point jumper, insulated,
4
IN = IN terminal block, light gray
1-3-5
2002-405/011-000
100 (4x25)
Protective warning marker,
with high-voltage symbol, black,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow
2006-115 100 (4x25)
WMB Multi marking system,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
5
plain
793-5501
Test plug,
with 500 mm cable,
2 mm Ø
50
red
210-136
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
1
Miniature fuses
100 (4x25)
Series
Item No.
Overload and
short circuit protection
Individual
argmt.
50 (2x25)
2006-1611 7.5
2006-1621 7.5
2006-1631 7.5
2006-1631
/099-... 10.4
2006-1631
/1099-... 10.4
Group
argmt.
Short circuit
protection only
Individual
argmt.
Group
argmt.
Fused disconnect terminal blocks
1.6 W
1.6 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
1.6 W
1.6 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
1.6 W
1.6 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
When selecting miniature fuses, the maximum power loss
listed below should not be exceeded. The power loss is
determined according to IEC or EN 60947-7-3/VDE
0611-6 at 23°C. The temperature rise of the terminal
blocks must be checked according to their application and
mounting. Higher ambient temperatures represent an additional impact on miniature fuses. Therefore, in such applications the rated current must be reduced if necessary.
More details are available from the fuse manufacturer.
0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8
AC/DC 1000 V/ DC 1500 V/12 kV/3 2
IN 30 A
0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8
AC/DC 1000 V/ DC 1500 V/12 kV/3 2
IN 30 A
Terminal block width 15 mm / 0.591 in
L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3
Terminal block width 15 mm / 0.591 in
L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3
Terminal block width 15 mm / 0.591 in
L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3
106,9 mm/4.21 in
Item No.
33 mm/1.3 in
0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8
AC/DC 1000 V/ DC 1500 V/12 kV/3 2
IN 30 A
33 mm/1.3 in
66
59,2 mm/2.33 in
1
TOPJOB® S
Disconnect Terminal Blocks for Test and Measurement 1500 VDC, Carrier/
Through Terminal Blocks of Same Profile 6 (10) mm²/30 A, 2006 Series
106,9 mm/4.21 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and
measurement,
with test point,
orange disconnect link
12
2006-8671
gray
12
blue
2006-8674
106,9 mm/4.21 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
2-conductor carrier terminal block,
with test point
gray
blue
2006-8661
2006-8664
2-conductor through terminal block,
with test point,
same profile as 2-conductor disconnect terminal block
12
12
gray
blue
Item-Specific Accessories
Disconnect plug for carrier terminal blocks, suited
when using a carrier terminal block as
disconnect terminal block
48 (4x12)
2006-8401
orange
2006 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips
(see Section 13)
End and intermediate plate,
1 mm thick
2006-8692 48
orange
2006-8691 48
gray
Protective warning marker,
4
with high-voltage symbol, black,
for 5 terminal blocks
2006-115 100
yellow
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 41 A,
light gray
50
2006-433
from 1 to 3
50
2006-435
from 1 to 5
(4x12)
(4x12)
(4x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
WMB Multi marking system,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
for terminal widths 5 - 17.5 mm
793-501
plain
WMB Multi marking system, plain,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
for terminal widths 5 - 17.5 mm
793-501/000-002
yellow
793-501/000-005
red
793-501/000-006
blue
793-501/000-007
gray
793-501/000-012
orange
793-501/000-017
light green
793-501/000-023
green
793-501/000-024
violet
5
5
Lockout cap,
Marking strip, plain,
11 mm wide,
for conductor entry hole and operating
50 m roll
slot
25
2006-191
2009-110
white
gray
WMB Inline, plain,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm,
1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll
2009-115
white
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
Pack.
Unit
1
1
2006-8601
2006-8604
12
12
S
1
67
Disconnect/test terminal block with knife disconnect
(2006-8671) in disconnect position
Both 2006-8671 and 2006-8661 TOPJOB® S disconnect
terminal blocks have been specially designed for use in
photovoltaic and wind power systems, where voltages
exceeding 1,000 V (IEC) and 600 V (UL) are required
(e.g., generator junction boxes).
· Ideal for high voltages in renewable energy
applications
· Disconnect terminal blocks with two alternative
disconnect options:
with orange knife disconnect (2006-8671)
with orange disconnect plug (2006-8661)
· This 2006 Series terminal blocks are approved for
30 A/1,500 VDC (IEC) or 1,000 VDC (UL)
· With a terminal block width of 15 mm, the maximum
cross-section for solid and fine-stranded conductors is
10 mm² (AWG 8) and 6 mm² (AWG 10) for ferruled
conductors.
· Equipped with test slots
· Compatible with through terminal blocks of the same
profile and all other TOPJOB® S terminal blocks
1
1 Conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 10 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 1 mm² – 10 mm² “s”
and 1.5 mm² – 6 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
2 AC/DC 1000 V = rated voltage
DC 1500 V
12 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
4 Protective warning marker must be applied individually.
Carrier terminal block (2006-8661) with receptacle for
orange disconnect plug
Orange disconnect plug (2006-8401) in operating position
Orange disconnect plug (2006-8401) in parked position
Commoning a 15 mm wide terminal block via push-in type
jumper bars: 1 to 3 (2006-433) and 1 to 5 (2006-435).
Cover seals unused conductor entry.
Test slots on both terminal block sides allow for direct measurement.
Alternatively, measurement can also be performed using
TOPJOB® S connectors (2006-511) from terminal block 1
to 2. Spacer modules (2006-549) must be used to compensate for the 15 mm terminal block width.
1
TOPJOB® S
2007-8821 Current Transformer Terminal Blocks (Orange Disconnect Link)
68
Circuit jumper
Jumper slot
Disconnect link in
operating position I
Jumper slot
Test socket
Test socket
Conductor entry
Conductor entry
Transformer side
Circuit jumper
Jumper slot
Meter side
Disconnect link in
shorting position II
The TOPJOB® S current transformer (disconnect/test) terminal block (2007-8821) has been specially designed
for current and voltage transformer circuits to measure the
current transformer’s operability.
First, the current transformer is shorted via disconnect link
and circuit jumper (insert jumper, move disconnect link
from operation position I to shorting position II, activate
shorting path). Connecting a measuring device via test
socket on the meter side can only be performed once circuit disconnection is complete (disconnect link in measuring position III).
· Features top-of-unit circuit jumper slot for shorting path
activation.
· Disconnect link provides intuitive and easy operation,
as well as exact switching status indication.
· Combines high functionality with compact design
(99.6 mm long and 8 mm wide).
· All 2007 Series terminal blocks are rated 30 A/500 V
(IEC) and 300 V (UL).
· With a terminal block width of 8 mm, the maximum
cross-section for solid and fine-stranded conductors is
10 mm² (AWG 8) and 6 mm² (AWG 10) for ferruled
conductors.
· Touch-proof test sockets for 4 mm Ø test plugs on
transformer and meter side.
· Compatible with through and ground conductor
terminal blocks of same profile.
Jumper slot
Test socket
Test socket
Conductor entry
Conductor entry
Transformer side
Circuit jumper
Jumper slot
Meter side
Disconnect link in
measuring position III
(test current measurement)
Jumper slot
Test socket
Test socket
Conductor entry
Conductor entry
Transformer side
Meter side
Preparing the shorting path for current transformer circuits
Inserting insulated, touch-proof circuit jumpers into jumper slot. Using locking covers or profiles for adjacent terminal blocks allows disconnect links to be operated simultanously.
CAGE CLAMP®S
clamps the following
copper conductors:*
solid
* For aluminum conductors, see notes in Section 14.
stranded
fine-stranded,
also with tinned
single strands
TOPJOB® S
Implementing a Current and Voltage Transformer Circuit
1
Disconnect link in operating position I
69
Conductor entry
Test socket
Jumper slot for 282-43x jumper
Jumper slot for 2007-844x circuit jumper
1
2007-844x circuit jumper
1
2
Terminal blocks required:
2 x disconnect/test terminal block
2007-8821
1 x circuit jumper, orange
2007-8442
optional with locking covers or interlocking links
In operating position, the measuring device is connected to the transformer, the circuit jumper is inserted and the disconnect link is in position I.
Disconnect link in shorting position II
Conductor entry
Test socket
Jumper slot for 282-43x jumper
Jumper slot for 2007-844x circuit jumper
2007-844x circuit jumper
1
2
The transformer is not disconnected from the measuring device yet, the shorting path is activated by moving the disconnect link into shorting position II and the transformer is safely shorted.
Measuring, disconnect link in measuring position III / test current measurement
Conductor entry
Test socket
Jumper slot for 282-43x jumper
Jumper slot for 2007-844x circuit jumper
2007-844x circuit jumper
~
1
2
The measuring device/relay is electrically disconnected from the transformer. If required, an external voltage can be
applied to the measuring device/relay via the test socket.
Measurement testing via both test sockets
Conductor entry
Test socket
Jumper slot for 282-43x jumper
Jumper slot for 2007-844x circuit jumper
2007-844x circuit jumper
1
A
2
Terminal block 1: Disconnect link in operating position I
Terminal block 2: Disconnect link in measuring position III
fine-stranded,
tip-bonded
Measurement testing: First insert the reference current meter (A) into the test socket, then move the disconnect link into
measurement position III (test current measurement).
fine-stranded,
with ferrule
(gastight crimped)
fine-stranded,
with pin terminal
(gastight crimped)
Measuring set for a 3-phase current transformer
Conductor entry
Test socket
Jumper slot for 282-43x jumper
Jumper slot for 2007-844x circuit jumper
2007-844x circuit jumper
l
1
k
2
l
3
k
4
Terminal blocks required:
6 x disconnect/test terminal block
2007-8821
3 x circuit jumper, orange
2007-8442
In addition: interlocking links, locking covers, lock-outs
l
5
k
6
Pairs of disconnect links are interconnected via locking covers or interlocking links.
Measurement testing is performed after the interlocking is released.
Measuring set for a 3-phase current transformer with ‘Y‘ point
Conductor entry
Test socket
Jumper slot for 282-43x jumper
Jumper slot for 2007-844x circuit jumper
2007-844x circuit jumper
1
k
k
2
k
3
l
4
Terminal blocks required:
6 x disconnect/test terminal block
2007-8821
1 x circuit jumper, orange
2007-8446
1 x jumper, orange
282-433
In addition: interlocking links, locking covers, lock-outs
l
70
l
1
Examples for Current Transformer Circuits
5
6
All 6 disconnect links are interconnected via via locking covers or interlocking links.
TOPJOB® S
2007-8811 Voltage Transformer Terminal Blocks (Light Gray Disconnect Link)
1
71
Disconnect link in measuring position
(Voltage measurement)
Jumper slot
Disconnect link in
operating position
Jumper slot
Test socket
Test socket
Conductor entry
Conductor entry
Transformer side
Meter side
The TOPJOB® S voltage transformer (disconnect/test) terminal block (2007-8811) has been specially designed
for voltage transformer circuits.
First, the voltage transformer must be disconnected from
the circuit (from operating position to measurting position).
Connecting a measuring device via test socket on the
meter side can only be performed once circuit disconnection is completed (measuring position).
· For voltage transformer circuits (no circuit jumper slot
required as for current transformer terminal block
2007-8821).
· Disconnect link provides intuitive and easy operation,
as well as exact switching status indication.
· Combines high functionality with compact design
(99.6 mm long and 8 mm wide).
· All 2007 Series terminal blocks are rated at
30 A/500 V (IEC) and 300 V (UL).
· With a terminal block width of 8 mm, the maximum
cross-section for solid and fine-stranded conductors is
10 mm² (AWG 8) and 6 mm² (AWG 10) for ferruled
conductors.
· Touch-proof test sockets for 4 mm Ø test plugs on
transformer and meter side.
· Compatible with through and ground conductor
terminal blocks of same profile.
Example for voltage transformer testing
Measuring set for single-phase voltage transformer testing
Conductor entry
Test socket
Jumper slot for 282-43x jumper
2
1
Terminal blocks required:
1 x disconnect/test terminal block
1 x through terminal block
1 x end plate, orange
In addition: locking cover, lock-out
2007-8811
2007-8801
2007-8892
Disconnecting the voltage transformer from the circuit: Move disconnect link from operating position to measuring position.
Voltage measurement: Connecting a measuring device via test socket on the meter side can only be performed after
disconnection is completed (measuring position).
Marking
Commoning
Locking cover for disconnect links
Marking via WMB Multi markers or marking strips.
Additional commoning option via circuit-related jumpers
or testing via test plug adapters (209-170) on transformer side
Multipole switching via snap-on type, transparent (locking) cover for disconnect links.
1
0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8
500 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 30 A
0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8
500 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 30 A
0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8
500 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 30 A
Terminal block width 8 mm / 0.315 in
L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3
Terminal block width 8 mm / 0.315 in
L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3
Terminal block width 8 mm / 0.315 in
L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3
99,6 mm/3.92 in
Item No.
46,8 mm/1.85 in
65,3 mm/2.57 in
72
65,3 mm/2.57 in
1
TOPJOB® S
Disconnect Terminal Blocks for Test and Measurement, 6 mm²/30 A,
for Current and Voltage Transformer Circuits, 2007 Series
99,6 mm/3.92 in
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and
measurement, e.g., current transformer circuits, with
receptacle for adjacent jumper with switch lever, with
touch-proof test sockets,
for 4 mm Ø test plug
2007-8821
20
gray
99,6 mm/3.93 in
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and
measurement, e.g., voltage transformer circuits, with
touch-proof test sockets,
for 4 mm Ø test plug
gray
2007-8811
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor through terminal block,
with touch-proof test socket,
for 4 mm Ø test plug
20
gray
2007-8801
20
Item-Specific Accessories
Adjacent jumper for switch lever, insulated, orange,
IN 30 A
2007-8442 50 (5x10)
2-way
2007-8443 50 (5x10)
3-way
2007-8444 50 (5x10)
4-way
2007-8445 50 (5x10)
5-way
2007-8446 50 (5x10)
6-way
2007-8447 50 (5x10)
7-way
2007-8448 50 (5x10)
8-way
2006 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips
(see Section 13)
End and separator plate, 1.5 mm thick,
without use of lock-out seal
2007-8892 50
orange
2007-8891 50
gray
End and separator plate, 1.5 mm thick,
for use of lock-out seal
2007-8894 50
orange
2007-8893 50
gray
Lock-out,
for disconnect link
2007-8899 100
yellow
Locking cover, transparent,
mechanically locks multiple links
282-881
50
1-pole
282-882
50
2-pole
282-883
50
3-pole
282-884
50
4-pole
282-885
50
5-pole
282-886
50
6-pole
282-887
50
7-pole
282-888
50
8-pole
(5x10)
(5x10)
(5x10)
(5x10)
(5x20)
(5x10)
(5x10)
(5x10)
(5x10)
(5x10)
(5x10)
(5x10)
(5x10)
Jumper, insulated,
Jumper, special design,
IN 30 A,
IN 30 A,
orange
orange
50 (5x10)
1-3-5
2-way
282-432
282-435/011-000
50 (5x10)
1-2-4-6
3-way
282-433
282-436/301-000
50 (5x10)
1-3-5-7
4-way
282-434
282-437/011-000
50 (5x10)
1-4-7
5-way
282-435
282-437/012-000
50 (5x10)
1-2-5-8
6-way
282-436
282-438/300-000
50 (5x10)
1-4-7-8
7-way
282-437
282-438/301-000
50 (5x10)
1-3-5-7-9
8-way
282-438
282-439/011-000
50 (5x10)
50 (5x10)
9-way
282-439
50 (5x10)
10-way
282-440
Jumper with safety lid, insulated,
Protective warning marker,
IN 30 A,
with high-voltage symbol, black,
orange
for 5 terminal blocks
2006-115 100 (4x25)
2-way
yellow
282-432/100-000
3-way
WMB Multi marking system,
282-433/100-000
4-way
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
282-434/100-000
50 (5x10)
for terminal widths 5 - 17.5 mm
5
793-501
plain
Marking strip, plain,
Interlocking link,
11 mm wide,
mechanically locks multiple links,
50 m roll
1 m/3’3’’ long
1
1
210-254
2009-110
white
transparent
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
S
1
73
0.5 - 6
(10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8
1
46,8 mm/1.85 in
Terminal block width 8 mm / 0.315 in
L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3
The terminal blocks feature integrated test sockets for
touch-proof 4 mm Ø test plugs.
2 500 V = rated voltage
6 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
99,6 mm/3.93 in
Item No.
1 Conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 10 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 1 mm² – 10 mm² “s”
and 1.5 mm² – 6 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor ground terminal block,
with touch-proof test socket,
for 4 mm Ø test plug
green-yellow
2007-8807
20
WMB Multi marking system,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
for terminal widths 5 - 17.5 mm,
yellow
k/l (50x)
794-5553/000-002
WMB Multi marking system,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
for terminal widths 5 - 17.5 mm,
blue
U/V (50x)
794-5554/000-006
Lock-out prevents accidental operation of disconnect link.
Lock-out snaps into one of two notched positions.
Interlocking link for mechanical interlocking of several links
for multi-pole switching
A lock-out seal can be used on the disconnect link in
operating position I in connection with end and separator
plate (2007-8893 or 2007-8894)
5
5
1
74
TOPJOB® S
Terminal Block Assemblies for Current and Voltage Transformers
2007 Series
Item No. for 2007-8873
Description
249-117
Screwless end stop, 10 mm wide
282-882
Locking cover, mechanically locks multiple links, 2-pole
282-884
Locking cover, mechanically locks multiple links, 4-pole
2007-8442
Adjacent jumper for switch lever, insulated, 2-way
2007-8807
2-conductor ground terminal block, with touch-proof test socket, for 4 mm Ø test plug
2007-8811
2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and measurement, with touch-proof test
sockets, for 4 mm Ø test plug
2007-8821
2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and measurement, with touch-proof test
sockets, for 4 mm Ø test plug
2007-8892
End and separator plate, 1.5 mm thick, without use of lock-out seal
2009-135
WMB Inline, plain, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm, 8,000 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll
282-435/011-000
Jumper, insulated, 1-3-5
Assembly width incl. end stop
11.2 cm
L1
13 14
Quantity
2
3
1
3
1
4
6
2
21
Markers
1
L2
L3
A
C
B
D
L1 IL1
L1
PE
IL1
N
IL2
L3
L2
L1
L2 IL2
L2
L3 IL3
L3
I-S1
k-S2
I-S1
k-S2
I-S1
k-S2
IL3
N N
N
IN
750-493
3-Phase Power Measurement Module
Terminal Block Assembly for
750 Series
Current and Voltage Transformers
2007 Series
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
Current Transformers
855 Series
S
1
75
Item No. for 2007-8876
Description
249-117
Screwless end stop, 10 mm wide
282-369
Collective carrier for jumpers, for DIN 35 rail, for jumpers for transverse switching terminal block (282-811) and longitudinal switching disconnect terminal block (282-821)
282-882
Locking cover, mechanically locks multiple links, 2-pole
2007-8442
Adjacent jumper for switch lever, insulated, 2-way
2007-8821
2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and measurement, with touch-proof test
sockets, for 4 mm Ø test plug
2007-8892
End and separator plate, 1.5 mm thick, without use of lock-out seal
2009-135
WMB Inline, plain, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm, 8,000 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll
282-435/011-000
Jumper, insulated, 1-3-5
Assembly width incl. end stop
8.5 cm
Quantity
2
1
3
3
6
1
12
Markers
1
1
TOPJOB® S
2004 Series Fuse Plugs
on 2002 Series Carrier Terminal Blocks
1
76
Fuse plug with pull-tab
for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm
250 V / IN 6.3 A
Fuse plug with pull-tab
for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm
250 V / IN 6.3 A
Plug width 6.1 mm / 0.24 in
Plug width 6.1 mm / 0.24 in
Accessories
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Fuse plug with pull-tab,
for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the fuse.
gray
2004-911
50
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Fuse plug with pull-tab,
for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm,
with indicator lamp, gray
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or
fuse. Leakage current in case of blown fuse: LED 2mA
2004-911/1000-541
2004-911/1000-542
2004-911/1000-867
2004-911/1000-836
12 - 30 V
30 - 65 V
120 V
230 V
50
50
50
50
Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips
(see Section 13)
2-conductor carrier terminal block,
2-conductor carrier terminal block,
1
4
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
2002-1661
gray
2002-1961
gray
50
50
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
2002-1692 100 (4x25)
orange
2002-1992 100 (4x25)
orange
2002-1691 100 (4x25)
gray
2002-1991 100 (4x25)
gray
3-conductor carrier terminal block,
Double-deck carrier terminal block,
2
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
gray
2002-1761
50
2002-2961
L/L
50
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
Double-deck carrier terminal block,
2002-1792 100 (4x25)
orange
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12
2002-1791 100 (4x25)
gray
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
2002-2963
L/N
50
4-conductor carrier terminal block,
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
3
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12
orange
2002-2992 100 (4x25)
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
gray
2002-2991 100 (4x25)
gray
2002-1861
50
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
End plate for fuse terminal blocks,
2002-1892 100 (4x25)
orange
2 mm thick
2002-1891 100 (4x25)
gray
orange
2002-992 100 (4x25)
gray
2002-991 100 (4x25)
Shorting link, 5 x 20 mm,
if the fuse plug is used as disconnect plug
IN 6.3 A
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
281-503
250 (10x25)
WMB Multi marking system,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
793-5501
plain
WMB Multi marking system, plain,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
793-5501/000-002
yellow
793-5501/000-005
red
793-5501/000-006
blue
793-5501/000-007
gray
793-5501/000-012
orange
793-5501/000-017
light green
793-5501/000-023
green
793-5501/000-024
violet
5
5
Technical Information
S
1
77
71 mm/2.79 in 5
1
1 2 3 4
Fuse plug dimensions:
1 66.5 mm/2.62 in for 2002-1661
2 76.8 mm/3.02 in for 2002-1761
3 87.5 mm/3.45 in for 2002-1861
3 72.9 mm/2.87 in for 2002-1961
4 with inserted fuse plug
Using pluggable fuse holders with rail-mount terminal
blocks for control circuit protection is highly advantageous
for the user since the function and the wiring are accomplished by two separate parts:
· No additional cost for assembly and wiring
· No risk of accidental contact with live parts during
disconnection of fuse plug
· If exchanging a defective fuse, the fuse plug is
completely separated from the carrier terminal block.
This provides safe fuse changeout away from current
carrying parts.
· The fuse plug can be removed by service personnel,
avoiding unintentional reclosing of the circuit by another
person.
· Quick replacement a fuse by using a prepared
“stand-by plug.“
Miniature fuses 5 x 20
Series
Item No.
Overload and
short circuit protection
Individual
argmt.
Group
argmt.
Short circuit
protection only
Individual
argmt.
Group
argmt.
Fuse terminal blocks
2004-911
2004-911/....-....
1.6 W
1.6 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
The following fuse plug features provide quick and safe
handling:
· Optional LED indicates blown fuse
· Marking slot on the fuse plug for clear coordination to
the correct carrier terminal block
· Two touch-proof test slots
· High density with only 6.1 mm width of terminal block/
fuse plug
· Instead of a fuse, a shorting link may be used as a
disconnect plug.
0,9
5,2
N L1 N L2 N L3
Open side of terminal block left
Please note:
The extra width of the plug (6.1 mm compared to 5.2 mm
for carrier terminal blocks) must be compensated for by
intermediate plates (1 mm) when building an assembly of
carrier terminal blocks equipped with fuse plugs.
TOPJOB® S
Fuse Plugs on Carrier Terminal Blocks 6 (10) mm²
2006 Series
1
78
Fuse plug with pull-tab
Fuse plug with pull-tab
Fuse plug with pull-tab
800 V / IN 10 A
Plug width 7.4 mm / 0.291 in
800 V / IN 10 A
Plug width 7.4 mm / 0.291 in
800 V / IN 10 A
Plug width 10.4 mm / 0.409 in
Item No.
Item No.
Fuse plug with pull-tab
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the fuse.
for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm
2006-911
25
for miniature fuses 5 x 30 mm
2006-921
gray
25
for miniature fuses 1/4“ x 11/4“
2006-931
gray
25
gray
Pack.
Unit
Fuse plug with pull-tab, gray,
with indicator lamp
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or
fuse. Leakage current in case of blown fuse: LED 2mA,
for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm
2006-911/1000-541
2006-911/1000-542
2006-911/1000-867
2006-911/1000-836
25
25
25
25
for miniature fuses 5 x 30 mm
2006-921/1000-541
12 - 30 V
2006-921/1000-542
30 - 65 V
2006-921/1000-867
120 V
2006-921/1000-836
230 V
2006-921/1000-859
380 - 500 V
25
25
25
25
25
for miniature fuses 1/4“ x 11/4“
2006-931/1000-541
12 - 30 V
2006-931/1000-542
30 - 65 V
2006-931/1000-867
120 V
2006-931/1000-836
230 V
2006-931/1000-859
380 - 500 V
25
25
25
25
25
12 - 30 V
30 - 65 V
120 V
230 V
Item-Specific Accessories
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
2006-1692
orange
2006-1691
gray
Pack.
Unit
Item-Specific Accessories
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
2006-1692
orange
2006-1691
gray
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Fuse plug with pull-tab
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the fuse.
for miniature fuses 1/4“ x 11/4“
gray
2006-931/099-000
25
Item-Specific Accessories
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
Intermediate plate, 2.9 mm thick
2006-1696
orange
2006-1695
gray
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
Accessories fuse plugs
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips
(see Section 13)
End plate for fuse terminal blocks,
Shorting link, 5 x 20 mm,
Screwless end stop,
2 mm thick
if the fuse plug is used as disconnect plug
for DIN 35 rail,
orange
6 mm wide
2006-992 100 (4x25)
gray
gray
2006-991 100 (4x25)
281-503 250 (10x25)
249-116
IN 6.3 A
2-conductor carrier terminal block,
Screwless end stop,
WMB Multi marking system,
0.5 - 6 (10) mm² / AWG 20 - 8
for DIN 35 rail,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in
10 mm wide
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
5
25
gray
2006-1661
793-5501
249-117
gray
plain
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
100 (4x25)
50 (2x25)
S
1
79
Using pluggable fuse holders with rail-mounted terminal
blocks for control circuit protection is highly advantageous
for the user, as the function and the wiring are accomplished by two separate parts:
· No additional cost for assembly and wiring
· No risk of accidental contact with live parts during
disconnection of fuse plug
· If exchanging a defective fuse, the fuse plug is
completely separated from the carrier terminal block.
This provides changeout away from current carrying
parts.
· The fuse plug can be removed by service personnel,
avoiding unintentional reclosing of the circuit by another
person
· Quick replacement a fuse by using a prepared
“stand-by plug.”
Fuse plug with pull-tab
800 V / IN 10 A
Plug width 10.4 mm / 0.409 in
The following features of the fuse plug ensure quick and
safe use:
· Optional LED indicates blown fuse
· Markable fuse plug for clear coordination to the correct
carrier terminal block
· Two touch-proof test slots
· High density with only 7.5 mm width of terminal block
and fuse plug width 7.4 (10.4) mm
· Instead of a fuse, a shorting link may be used as a
disconnect plug
Miniature fuses
72 mm/2.83 in
Series
Item No.
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Fuse plug with pull-tab, gray,
with indicator lamp
Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or
fuse. Leakage current in case of blown fuse: LED 2mA,
for miniature fuses 1/4“ x 11/4“
12 - 30 V
30 - 65 V
120 V
230 V
380 - 500 V
2006-931/1099-541
2006-931/1099-542
2006-931/1099-867
2006-931/1099-836
2006-931/1099-859
93,3 mm/3.79 in
25
25
25
25
25
7,5
N L1 N L2 N L3
Item-Specific Accessories
Intermediate plate, 2.9 mm thick
orange
2006-1696
gray
2006-1695
Individual
argmt.
2006-911
2006-921
2006-931
7.5
7.5
7.5
2006-931
/099-... 10.4
2006-931
/1099-... 10.4
Fuse plug dimensions
0,1
Overload and
short circuit protection
Open side of terminal block left
100 (4x25) When using the 10.4 mm wide plug,
100 (4x25) please note:
The extra width of the plug (10.4 mm compared to
7.5 mm for carrier terminal blocks) must be compensated
for by intermediate plates (2.9 mm) when building an
assembly of carrier terminal blocks equipped with fuse
plugs.
Group
argmt.
Short circuit
protection only
Individual
argmt.
Group
argmt.
Fused disconnect terminal blocks
1.6 W
1.6 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
1.6 W
1.6 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
1.6 W
1.6 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
2.5 W
1
TOPJOB® S
Diode Terminal Blocks and LED Terminal Blocks 1.5 (2.5) mm²
2001 Series
0.25 - 1.5 (2.5) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 14
UN 250 V, URM 1000 V
1N4007 - 0.5 A continuous current
0.25 - 1.5 (2.5) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 14
24 VDC
IF 0.025 A max.
Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in
L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 2
Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in
L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 2
Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in
L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 2
19,9mm/0.78in
48,5 mm/1.91 in
30,6 mm/1.2 in
59,2 mm/2.33 in
Circuit II
Circuit I
30,6 mm/1.2 in
59,2 mm/2.33 in
Circuit II
Circuit I
Item No.
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
3-conductor diode terminal block with 1N4007
diode, gray
2001-1211/1000-411 100
2001-1211/1000-410 100
Circuit I
Circuit II
2001-1311/1000-411 100
2001-1311/1000-410 100
30,6 mm/1.2 in
69,9 mm/2.75 in
Circuit I
30,6 mm/1.2 in
69,9 mm/2.75 in
Circuit II
Circuit I
Circuit II
Item No.
Through terminal blocks with same profile,
see page 12
Pack.
Unit
3-conductor LED terminal block with red LED,
24 VDC, gray
Notice: This LED terminal block cannot be commoned with
push-in type jumper bars!
2001-1321/1000-413 100
Circuit I
2001-1321/1000-434 100
Circuit II
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
Circuit I
Circuit II
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor diode terminal block with 1N4007
diode, gray
Circuit II
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
Circuit I
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
0.25 - 1.5 (2.5) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 14
UN 250 V, URM 1000 V
1N4007 - 0.5 A continuous current
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
80
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
1
Pack.
Unit
4-conductor diode terminal block with 1N4007
diode, gray
Circuit I
Circuit II
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
2001-1411/1000-411 100
2001-1411/1000-410 100
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
4-conductor LED terminal block with red LED,
24 VDC, gray
Notice: This LED terminal block cannot be commoned with
push-in type jumper bars!
2001-1421/1000-413 100
Circuit I
2001-1421/1000-434 100
Circuit II
Circuit Configuration Examples
Diode Terminal Blocks and LED Terminal Blocks
S
1
81
1
Open diode gates can be created using the following terminal blocks:
2001-1211/1000-410 or
2001-1211/1000-411
These diode terminal blocks have been specially developed for custom diode circuits, such as lamp test and collective fault signal circuits.
Using LED terminal blocks, monitoring units can be
designed, e.g., for control and operating circuits.
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 2.5 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 2.5 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 1.5 mm²
“insulated ferrules, 12 mm”
2 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
2001 Series Accessories
Polarized diode gates with common cathode can be
created using the following terminal blocks:
2001-1311/1000-410 or
2001-1311/1000-411
Polarized diode gates with common cathode can be
created using the following terminal blocks:
2001-1411/1000-410 or
2001-1411/1000-411
Circuit-related voltage indications can be created
using the following terminal blocks:
2001-1321/1000-434 or
2001-1321/1000-413
Circuit-related voltage indications can be created
using the following terminal blocks:
2001-1421/1000-434 or
2001-1421/1000-413
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
light gray
2001-171
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 18 A,
light gray
2-way
2001-402
3-way
2001-403
4-way
2001-404
5-way
2001-405
6-way
2001-406
7-way
2001-407
8-way
2001-408
9-way
2001-409
10-way
2001-410
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 18 A,
light gray
from 1 to 3
2001-433
from 1 to 4
2001-434
from 1 to 5
2001-435
from 1 to 6
2001-436
from 1 to 7
2001-437
from 1 to 8
2001-438
from 1 to 9
2001-439
from 1 to 10 2001-440
200 (8x25)
200
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
TOPJOB® S
Diode Terminal Blocks and LED Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm²
2002 Series
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
UN 250 V, URM 1000 V
1N4007 - 0.5 A continuous current
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
24 VDC
IF 0.025 A max.
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 2
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 2
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 2
19,9mm/0.78in
48,5 mm/1.91 in
30,6 mm/1.2 in
59,2 mm/2.33 in
Circuit II
Circuit I
30,6 mm/1.2 in
59,2 mm/2.33 in
Circuit II
Circuit I
Item No.
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
3-conductor diode terminal block with 1N4007
diode, gray
2002-1211/1000-411 100
2002-1211/1000-410 100
Circuit I
Circuit II
2002-1311/1000-411 100
2002-1311/1000-410 100
30,6 mm/1.2 in
69,9 mm/2.75 in
Circuit I
30,6 mm/1.2 in
69,9 mm/2.75 in
Circuit II
Circuit I
Circuit II
Item No.
Through terminal blocks with same profile,
see page 14
Pack.
Unit
3-conductor LED terminal block with red LED,
24 VDC, gray
Notice: This LED terminal block cannot be commoned with
push-in type jumper bars!
2002-1321/1000-413 100
Circuit I
2002-1321/1000-434 100
Circuit II
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
Circuit I
Circuit II
Pack.
Unit
2-conductor diode terminal block with 1N4007
diode, gray
Circuit II
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
Circuit I
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
UN 250 V, URM 1000 V
1N4007 - 0.5 A continuous current
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
82
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
1
Pack.
Unit
4-conductor diode terminal block with 1N4007
diode, gray
Circuit I
Circuit II
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
2002-1411/1000-411 100
2002-1411/1000-410 100
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
4-conductor LED terminal block with red LED,
24 VDC, gray
Notice: This LED terminal block cannot be commoned with
push-in type jumper bars!
2002-1421/1000-413 100
Circuit I
2002-1421/1000-434 100
Circuit II
Circuit Configuration Examples
Diode Terminal Blocks and LED Terminal Blocks
S
1
83
1
Open diode gates can be created using the following terminal blocks:
2002-1211/1000-410 or
2002-1211/1000-411
These diode terminal blocks have been specially developed for custom diode circuits, such as lamp test and collective fault signal circuits.
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrules, 12 mm”
2 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
2002 Series Accessories
Polarized diode gates with common cathode can be
created using the following terminal blocks:
2002-1311/1000-410 or
2002-1311/1000-411
Polarized diode gates with common cathode can be
created using the following terminal blocks:
2002-1411/1000-410 or
2002-1411/1000-411
Circuit-related voltage indications can be created
using the following terminal blocks:
2002-1321/1000-434 or
2002-1321/1000-413
Circuit-related voltage indications can be created
using the following terminal blocks:
2002-1421/1000-434 or
2002-1421/1000-413
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
light gray
2002-171
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.75 - 1 mm²
dark gray
2002-172
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
2-way
2002-402
3-way
2002-403
4-way
2002-404
5-way
2002-405
6-way
2002-406
7-way
2002-407
8-way
2002-408
9-way
2002-409
10-way
2002-410
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
from 1 to 3
2002-433
from 1 to 4
2002-434
from 1 to 5
2002-435
from 1 to 6
2002-436
from 1 to 7
2002-437
from 1 to 8
2002-438
from 1 to 9
2002-439
from 1 to 10 2002-440
200 (8x25)
200 (8x25)
200
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
TOPJOB® S
Diode Terminal Blocks 4 (6) mm²
2004 Series
0.5 - 4 (6) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 10
UN 250 V, URM 1000 V
1N5408 - 1.5 A continuous current
0.5 - 4 (6) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 10
UN 250 V, URM 1000 V
1N5408 - 1.5 A continuous current
Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in
L 11 - 13 mm / 0.47 in 2
Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in
L 11 - 13 mm / 0.47 in 2
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
84
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
1
22,6mm/0.89in
52,3 mm/2.06 in
Circuit I
35,8 mm/1.41 in
65,5 mm/2.58 in
Circuit II
Circuit I
Circuit II
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
3-conductor diode terminal block with 1N5408
diode, gray
Circuit I
2004-1311/1000-401 50
Circuit II
2004-1311/1000-400 50
32,9 mm/
1.3 in
2-conductor diode terminal block with 1N5408
diode, gray
Circuit I
2004-1211/1000-401 50
Circuit II
2004-1211/1000-400 50
Pack.
Unit
35,8 mm/1.41 in
78,7 mm/3.1 in
Circuit I
Circuit II
Item No.
Through terminal blocks with same profile,
see page 18
Pack.
Unit
4-conductor diode terminal block with 1N5408
diode, gray
Circuit I
2004-1411/1000-401 50
Circuit II
2004-1411/1000-400 50
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
Circuit Configuration Examples
Diode Terminal Blocks
S
1
85
1
Open diode gates can be created using the following terminal blocks:
2004-1211/1000-400 or
2004-1211/1000-401
These diode terminal blocks have been specially developed for custom diode circuits, such as lamp test and collective fault signal circuits.
1 Conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 6 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 1 mm² – 6 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
2 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
2004 Series Accessories
Polarized diode gates with common cathode can be
created using the following terminal blocks:
2004-1311/1000-400 or
2004-1311/1000-401
Polarized diode gates with common cathode can be
created using the following terminal blocks:
2004-1411/1000-400 or
2004-1411/1000-401
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
light gray
2004-171
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.75 - 1 mm²
dark gray
2004-172
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 32 A,
light gray
2-way
2004-402
3-way
2004-403
4-way
2004-404
5-way
2004-405
6-way
2004-406
7-way
2004-407
8-way
2004-408
9-way
2004-409
10-way
2004-410
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 32 A,
light gray
from 1 to 3
2004-433
from 1 to 4
2004-434
from 1 to 5
2004-435
from 1 to 6
2004-436
from 1 to 7
2004-437
from 1 to 8
2004-438
from 1 to 9
2004-439
from 1 to 10 2004-440
200 (8x25)
200 (8x25)
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
Wire commoning chain, 50 connections,
insulated, IN 8 A
black
210-103
1
Wire commoning chain, 50 connections,
insulated, IN 8 A
blue
210-123
1
TOPJOB® S
Double-Deck Diode Terminal Blocks and LED Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm²
2002 Series
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
UN 250 V, URM 1000 V
1N4007 - 0.5 A continuous current
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
24 VDC
IF 0.025 A max.
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 2
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 2
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 2
69,7 mm/2.74 in
Circuit I
51,7 mm/2.03 in
61,8 mm/2.43 in
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
UN 250 V, URM 1000 V
1N4007 - 0.5 A continuous current
51,7 mm/2.03 in
61,8 mm/2.43 in
86
51,7 mm/2.03 in
61,8 mm/2.43 in
1
69,7 mm/2.74 in
Circuit II
Circuit I
69,7 mm/2.74 in
Circuit II
Circuit I
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
51,7 mm/2.03 in
61,8 mm/2.43 in
51,7 mm/2.03 in
61,8 mm/2.43 in
Circuit I
Circuit II
Pack.
Unit
Double-deck diode terminal block with 2 diodes
1N4007, gray
Circuit I
2002-2214/1000-492 50
Circuit II
2002-2214/1000-491 50
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Double-deck diode terminal block with 2 diodes
1N4007, gray
Circuit I
2002-2214/1000-489 50
Circuit II
2002-2214/1000-490 50
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
Pack.
Unit
Double-deck LED terminal block with red LED,
24 VDC, gray
Circuit I
2002-2221/1000-434 50
Circuit II
2002-2221/1000-413 50
69,7 mm/2.74 in
Circuit II
Item No.
Item No.
Double-deck diode terminal block with 2 diodes
1N4007, gray
Circuit I
2002-2213/1000-487 50
Circuit II
2002-2213/1000-488 50
69,7 mm/2.74 in
Circuit I
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Double-deck diode terminal block with 1N4007
diode, gray
Circuit I
2002-2211/1000-410 50
Circuit II
2002-2211/1000-411 50
Circuit II
Through terminal blocks with same profile,
see page 28
Circuit Configuration Examples
Double-Deck Diode and LED Terminal Blocks
S
1
87
1
Recovery diodes can be created using the following
terminal blocks:
2002-2211/1000-410 or
2002-2211/1000-411
Lamp test circuits can be created using the following
terminal blocks:
2002-2213/1000-487 or
2002-2213/1000-488
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrules, 12 mm”
2 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
2002 Series Accessories
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick
orange
2002-2292 100 (4x25)
gray
2002-2291 100 (4x25)
Double-deck marker carrier,
pivoting
gray
2002-121
Lamp test circuits can be created using the following
terminal blocks:
2002-2214/1000-492 or
2002-2214/1000-491
Double-deck diode terminal blocks
have been specially developed for custom diode circuits,
such as lamp test and collective fault signal circuits.
Using LED terminal blocks, monitoring units can be
designed, e.g., for control and operating circuits.
The terminal blocks provide high-density wiring, while
maintaining a width of only 5 mm. Push-in type jumper
bars provide additional options for custom circuit design.
Collective fault signals can be created using the following terminal blocks:
2002-2214/1000-489 or
2002-2214/1000-490
Circuit-related voltage indications can be created
using the following terminal blocks:
2002-2221/1000-434 or
2002-2221/1000-413
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
light gray
2002-171
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.75 - 1 mm²
dark gray
2002-172
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
2-way
2002-402
3-way
2002-403
4-way
2002-404
5-way
2002-405
6-way
2002-406
7-way
2002-407
8-way
2002-408
9-way
2002-409
10-way
2002-410
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
from 1 to 3
2002-433
from 1 to 4
2002-434
from 1 to 5
2002-435
from 1 to 6
2002-436
from 1 to 7
2002-437
from 1 to 8
2002-438
from 1 to 9
2002-439
from 1 to 10 2002-440
50 (2x25)
200 (8x25)
200 (8x25)
200
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
TOPJOB® S
Triple-Deck Diode Terminal Blocks and LED Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm²
2002 Series
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
UN 250 V, URM 1000 V
1N4007 - 0.5 A continuous current
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
24 VDC
IF 0.025 A max.
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 2
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 2
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 2
93,3 mm/3.67 in
Circuit I
93,3 mm/3.67 in
Circuit II
Circuit I
93,3 mm/3.67 in
Circuit II
Circuit I
Item No.
69,5 mm/2.74 in
81,3 mm/3.20 in
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
UN 250 V, URM 1000 V
1N4007 - 0.5 A continuous current
69,5 mm/2.74 in
81,3 mm/3.20 in
88
69,5 mm/2.74 in
81,3 mm/3.20 in
1
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Triple-deck diode terminal block with 3 diodes
1N4007, gray
Circuit I
2002-3212/1000-673 50
Circuit II
2002-3212/1000-674 50
93,3 mm/3.67 in
Circuit I
Circuit II
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Triple-deck diode terminal block with 1N4007
diode, gray
Circuit I
2002-3211/1000-675 50
Circuit II
2002-3211/1000-676 50
Through terminal blocks with same profile,
see page 38
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
Pack.
Unit
Triple-deck LED terminal block with red LED,
24 VDC, gray
Circuit I
2002-3221/1000-434 50
Circuit II
2002-3221/1000-413 50
69,5 mm/2.74 in
81,3 mm/3.20 in
Triple-deck diode terminal block with 1N4007
diode, gray
Circuit I
2002-3211/1000-410 50
Circuit II
2002-3211/1000-411 50
Circuit II
Circuit Configuration Example
Triple-Deck Diode Terminal Blocks
S
1
89
1
Triple-deck diode terminal blocks
have been specially developed for custom diode circuits,
such as lamp test and collective fault signal circuits.
Using LED terminal blocks, monitoring units can be
designed, e.g., for control and operating circuits. The terminal blocks provide high-density wiring, while maintaining
a width of only 5.2 mm.
Push-in type jumper bars provide additional options for
custom circuit design.
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrules, 12 mm”
2 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
2002 Series Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/WMB Inline/Marking strips
(see Section 13)
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick
End plate,
orange
2002-3292 100 (4x25)
gray
2002-3291 100 (4x25)
Triple-deck marker carrier,
pivoting
gray
Open diode gates can be created, which can be
connected individually using the following terminal
blocks:
2002-3212/1000-673 or
2002-3212/1000-674
Using push-in type jumper bars, individual levels can be
turned into polarized diode gates.
Double-deck and triple-deck LED terminal blocks
for modular TOPJOB®S connectors,
1.5 mm thick
gray
2002-541 100 (4x25)
Test plug,
2002-131
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
light gray
2002-171
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.75 - 1 mm²
dark gray
2002-172
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
2-way
2002-402
3-way
2002-403
4-way
2002-404
5-way
2002-405
6-way
2002-406
7-way
2002-407
8-way
2002-408
9-way
2002-409
10-way
2002-410
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
from 1 to 3
2002-433
from 1 to 4
2002-434
from 1 to 5
2002-435
from 1 to 6
2002-436
from 1 to 7
2002-437
from 1 to 8
2002-438
from 1 to 9
2002-439
from 1 to 10 2002-440
50 (2x25)
with 500 mm cable,
2 mm Ø
red
210-136
Test plug adapter,
for 4 mm Ø test plug
gray
2009-174
50
100 (4x25)
200 (8x25)
Testing tap,
for max. 2.5 mm²
gray
2009-182
100 (4x25)
200 (8x25)
Banana plug,
200
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
can be snapped together,
for jumper contact slot
gray
2002-511 100 (4x25)
Spacer module, can be snapped together,
e.g., for bridging commoned terminal
blocks
gray
2002-549 100 (4x25)
for socket 4 mm Ø,
color mixed
215-111
50
WMB Multi marking system,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
plain
793-5501
5
WMB Inline, plain,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm,
1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll
white
2009-115
1
Marking strip, plain,
11 mm wide,
50 m roll
white
2009-110
1
TOPJOB®S group marker carrier,
snap-on type for jumper slot,
5 mm wide
gray
2009-191
50 (2x25)
Screwless end stop,
for DIN 35 rail,
6 mm wide
gray
249-116
100 (4x25)
Screwless end stop,
for DIN 35 rail,
10 mm wide
gray
249-117
50 (2x25)
TOPJOB® S
Pluggable Diode Modules on Carrier Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm²
2002 Series
1
90
S
Diode module
with 1N4007 diode
UN 250 V, URM 1000 V
53,3 mm/2.1 in
IN 1 A
Plug width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
1 Length of 2002-1661: 66.5 mm / 2.62 in
2-conductor carrier terminal block
2 Length of 2002-1761: 76.8 mm / 3.02 in
3-conductor carrier terminal block
1 2 3 4
These diode have been designed for use in lamp test circuits or collective fault indicating systems, and offer the following advantages:
· Separation into functional and wiring level
· Polarized direction of switching
· Quick and easy exchange of modules
· High density with only 5.2 mm width of terminal block
and module
Circuit I
3 Length of 2002-1861: 87.5 mm / 3.45 in
4-conductor carrier terminal block
4 Length of 2002-1961: 72.9 mm / 2.87 in
2-conductor carrier terminal block with additional
jumper position
5 See application notes for:
Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101
Staggered jumper, page 104
Push-in type wire jumper, page 102
Circuit II
Accessories
Push-in type wire jumper,
5
insulated,
IN 18 A,
wire size 1.5 mm²
2009-412 100 (10x10)
L = 60 mm
L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10)
L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10)
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Diode module,
with 1N4007 diode, max. operating temperature: 85°C,
gray,
5.2 mm wide
2002-800/1000-411 100
Circuit I
2002-800/1000-410 100
Circuit II
Carrier Term. Blocks and Accessories
Appropriate marking system:
WMB/Marking strips
2-conductor carrier terminal block,
1
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
2002-1661
50
gray
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
2002-1692 100 (4x25)
orange
2002-1691 100 (4x25)
gray
3-conductor carrier terminal block,
2
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
2002-1761
50
gray
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
2002-1792 100 (4x25)
orange
2002-1791 100 (4x25)
gray
Push-in type
jumper bar
2002-410
Terminal
block
2002-1601
4-conductor carrier terminal block,
3
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
2002-1861
50
gray
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
2002-1892 100 (4x25)
orange
2002-1891 100 (4x25)
gray
Diode modules
2002-800/1000-411
Terminal blocks 1-9
2002-1661
2-conductor carrier terminal block,
Open side of terminal block left
4
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in Diode gate for collective fault indication
2002-1961
50
gray
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
2002-1992 100 (4x25)
orange
2002-1991 100 (4x25)
gray
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
5
IN 25 A,
light gray
2002-402
2-way
2002-403
3-way
2002-404
4-way
2002-405
5-way
2002-406
6-way
2002-407
7-way
2002-408
8-way
2002-409
9-way
2002-410
10-way
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
from 1 to 3
2002-433
from 1 to 4
2002-434
from 1 to 5
2002-435
from 1 to 6
2002-436
from 1 to 7
2002-437
from 1 to 8
2002-438
from 1 to 9
2002-439
from 1 to 10 2002-440
Staggered jumper,
5
insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
2-way
3-way
4-way
5-way
6-way
7-way
8-way
9-way
10-way
11-way
12-way
2002-472
2002-473
2002-474
2002-475
2002-476
2002-477
2002-478
2002-479
2002-480
2002-481
2002-482
200
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
TOPJOB® S
Pluggable Diode Modules and Empty Component
Plug Housings on Through Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm², 2002 Series
Diode module
with 1N4007 diode as free-wheeling diode
UN 250 V, URM 1000 V
S
91
1
53,3 mm/2.1 in
IN 1 A
Plug width 10.4 mm / 0.409 in
1 2 3
Similar to a push-in jumper, these diode modules are simply pushed into the contact slots of the current bars for two
adjacent through terminal blocks.
This offers the following advantages:
· These modules are suitable for all 2001 to 2006
Series through terminal blocks equipped with jumper
slots (please note the module‘s width).
· Easily retrofit terminal blocks with diode modules.
1 Length of 2002-1201: 48.5 mm / 1.91 in
2-conductor carrier terminal block
2 Length of 2002-1301: 59.5 mm / 2.34 in
3-conductor carrier terminal block
3 Length of 2002-1401: 70 mm / 2.76 in
4-conductor carrier terminal block
4 See application notes for:
Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101
Staggered jumper, page 104
Push-in type wire jumper, page 102
Accessories
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Diode module,
with 1N4007 diode as free-wheeling diode, max. operating temperature: 85°C,
10.4 mm wide
gray
2002-880/1000-411 50
Empty component plug housing type 4,
2-pole,
10.4 mm wide
gray
2002-880
Plugging a diode module into a through terminal block.
Additional advantages:
· Separation into functional and wiring level
· Modules can be replaced quickly by other types of
modules
· Solder-free assembly of diodes, resistors, etc.
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.75 - 1 mm²
dark gray
2002-172 200 (8x25)
Protective warning marker,
with high-voltage symbol, black,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow
2002-115 100 (4x25)
Push-in type wire jumper,
4
insulated,
IN 18 A,
wire size 1.5 mm²
L = 60 mm
2009-412 100 (10x10)
L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10)
L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10)
50
Through Term. Blocks and Accessories
Appropriate marking system:
WMB/Marking strips
2-conductor through terminal block,
1
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
100
gray
2002-1201
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick
orange
2002-1292 100 (4x25)
gray
2002-1291 100 (4x25)
3-conductor through terminal block,
Opening the cover via operating tool
2
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in (blade width 2.5 mm).
100
gray
2002-1301
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick
orange
2002-1392 100 (4x25)
gray
2002-1391 100 (4x25)
4-conductor through terminal block,
3
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
100
gray
2002-1401
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick
orange
2002-1492 100 (4x25)
gray
2002-1491 100 (4x25)
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
light gray
2002-171
1
200 (8x25)
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
4
IN 25 A,
light gray
2-way
2002-402
3-way
2002-403
4-way
2002-404
5-way
2002-405
6-way
2002-406
7-way
2002-407
8-way
2002-408
9-way
2002-409
10-way
2002-410
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
from 1 to 3
2002-433
from 1 to 4
2002-434
from 1 to 5
2002-435
from 1 to 6
2002-436
from 1 to 7
2002-437
from 1 to 8
2002-438
from 1 to 9
2002-439
from 1 to 10 2002-440
Staggered jumper,
4
insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
2-way
3-way
4-way
5-way
2002-472
2002-473
2002-474
2002-475
200
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
100
100
100
50
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(2x25)
TOPJOB® S
Pluggable LED Modules on Carrier Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm²
2002 Series
1
92
S
53,3 mm/2.1 in
LED module
IN ≤ 3 mA
Plug width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
1 Length of 2002-1661: 66.5 mm / 2.62 in
2-conductor carrier terminal block
1 2 3 4
The monitoring of control and operating current circuits
with LED modules on rail-mounted terminal blocks provides
several advantages to the user:
· No additional cost for assembly and wiring
· Separation into functional and wiring level
· Modules can be replaced quickly and easily by other
types of modules
2 Length of 2002-1761: 76.8 mm / 3.02 in
3-conductor carrier terminal block
3 Length of 2002-1861: 87.5 mm / 3.45 in
4-conductor carrier terminal block
4 Length of 2002-1961: 72.9 mm / 2.87 in
2-conductor carrier terminal block with additional
jumper position
5 See application notes for:
Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101
Staggered jumper, page 104
Push-in type wire jumper, page 102
Accessories
Push-in type wire jumper,
5
insulated,
IN 18 A,
wire size 1.5 mm²
L = 60 mm
2009-412 100 (10x10)
L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10)
L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10)
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
LED module,
with red LED, max. operating temperature: 85°C,
5.2 mm wide
12 - 30 V
2002-800/1000-541 100
30 - 65 V
2002-800/1000-542 100
230 V
2002-800/1000-836 100
Additional advantages:
· Polarized direction of switching
· High density with only 5.2 mm width of terminal block
and module
Carrier Term. Blocks and Accessories
Appropriate marking system:
WMB/Marking strips
2-conductor carrier terminal block,
1
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
50
gray
2002-1661
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
orange
2002-1692 100 (4x25)
gray
2002-1691 100 (4x25)
32-conductor carrier terminal block,
2
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
50
gray
2002-1761
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
orange
2002-1792 100 (4x25)
gray
2002-1791 100 (4x25)
Carrier
terminal blocks
2002-1861
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
5
IN 25 A,
light gray
2-way
2002-402
3-way
2002-403
4-way
2002-404
5-way
2002-405
6-way
2002-406
7-way
2002-407
8-way
2002-408
9-way
2002-409
10-way
2002-410
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
from 1 to 3
2002-433
from 1 to 4
2002-434
from 1 to 5
2002-435
from 1 to 6
2002-436
from 1 to 7
2002-437
from 1 to 8
2002-438
from 1 to 9
2002-439
from 1 to 10 2002-440
200
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
(8x25)
(8x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
LED modules
2002-800/1000-541
4-conductor carrier terminal block,
3
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12
Open side of terminal block right
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
50 Voltage control refers to current circuits
gray
2002-1861
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
orange
2002-1892 100 (4x25)
gray
2002-1891 100 (4x25)
2-conductor carrier terminal block,
4
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
50
gray
2002-1961
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
orange
2002-1992 100 (4x25)
gray
2002-1991 100 (4x25)
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
Staggered jumper,
5
insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
2-way
3-way
4-way
5-way
6-way
7-way
8-way
9-way
10-way
11-way
12-way
2002-472
2002-473
2002-474
2002-475
2002-476
2002-477
2002-478
2002-479
2002-480
2002-481
2002-482
TOPJOB® S
Pluggable LED Modules on Through Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm²
2002 Series
1
93
LED module
IN ≤ 3 mA
S
53,3 mm/2.1 in
1
Plug width 10.4 mm / 0.409 in
1 2 3
Similar to a push-in jumper, these LED modules are inserted
into the current bar contact slots of two adjacent through
terminal blocks.
These modules are suitable for all 2001 to 2006 Series
through terminal blocks equipped with jumper slots (please
note the module‘s width).
· Easily retrofit terminal blocks with diode modules.
1 Length of 2002-1201: 48.5 mm / 1.91 in
2-conductor carrier terminal block
2 Length of 2002-1301: 59.5 mm / 2.34 in
3-conductor carrier terminal block
3 Length of 2002-1401: 70 mm / 2.76 in
4-conductor carrier terminal block
AC/DC
Pack.
Unit
3-conductor through terminal block,
2
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
100
gray
2002-1301
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick
orange
2002-1392 100 (4x25)
gray
2002-1391 100 (4x25)
Outputs
4-conductor through terminal block,
3
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in Multiple outputs with indicator lamp
100
gray
2002-1401
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick
orange
2002-1492 100 (4x25)
gray
2002-1491 100 (4x25)
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.25 - 0.5 mm²
light gray
2002-171
Insulation stop,
5 pcs/strip,
0.75 - 1 mm²
dark gray
2002-172
200 (8x25)
200 (8x25)
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
Outputs
Terminal
blocks 1-3
2002-1201
Term. blocks 4+5
2002-1401
Additional advantages:
· Separation into functional and wiring level
· Modules can be replaced quickly by other types of
modules
LED module
2002-880/1000-541
2-conductor through terminal block,
1
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
100
gray
2002-1201
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick
orange
2002-1292 100 (4x25)
gray
2002-1291 100 (4x25)
Testing
can also be performed using 2-pole test plugs.
Term. blocks 1-6
2002-1201
Through Term. Blocks and Accessories
Appropriate marking system:
WMB/Marking strips
Marking using WMB Multi markers and marker strips.
Push-in type Outputs
LED module
jumper bars
2002-402
2002-880/1000-542
LED module,
with red LED, max. operating temperature: 85°C,
10.4 mm wide
12 - 30 V
2002-880/1000-541 50
30 - 65 V
2002-880/1000-542 50
230 V
2002-880/1000-836 50
Input 48 V
Item No.
Outputs
Input
Control unit
1
94
TOPJOB® S
Empty Component Plug Housings on Carrier Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm²
2002 Series
Empty component plug housing
Empty component plug housing
Plug width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
Plug width 10.4 mm / 0.409 in
S
1 Length of 2002-1661: 66.5 mm / 2.62 in
2-conductor carrier terminal block
2 Length of 2002-1761: 76.8 mm / 3.02 in
3-conductor carrier terminal block
3 Length of 2002-1861: 87.5 mm / 3.45 in
4-conductor carrier terminal block
4 Length of 2002-1961: 72.9 mm / 2.87 in
2-conductor carrier terminal block with additional
jumper position
5 See application notes for:
Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101
Staggered jumper, page 104
Push-in type wire jumper, page 102
Item No.
Empty component plug housing type 1,
2-pole,
5.2 mm wide
2002-800
gray
Pack.
Unit
100
Item No.
Empty component plug housing type 2,
2-pole,
10.4 mm wide
2002-810
gray
Empty component plug housing type 3,
4-pole,
10.4 mm wide
2002-820
gray
Pack.
Unit
Accessories
Staggered jumper,
5
insulated,
IN 25 A,
light gray
2-way
3-way
4-way
5-way
6-way
7-way
8-way
9-way
10-way
11-way
12-way
50
50
Carrier Term. Blocks and Accessories
Appropriate marking system: WMB/Marking strips
(see Section 13)
2002-472
2002-473
2002-474
2002-475
2002-476
2002-477
2002-478
2002-479
2002-480
2002-481
2002-482
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
(2x25)
2-conductor carrier terminal block,
Push-in type wire jumper,
1
5
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12
insulated,
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
IN 18 A,
2002-1661
gray
50
wire size 1.5 mm²
2009-412 100 (10x10) WMB Multi marking system,
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
L = 60 mm
2002-1692 100 (4x25)
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
orange
L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10)
2002-1691 100 (4x25)
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
gray
L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10)
plain
793-5501
WMB Multi marking system, plain,
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
3-conductor carrier terminal block,
2
5
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
IN 25 A,
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
light gray
2002-1761
yellow
2002-402 200 (8x25)
gray
2-way
50
793-5501/000-002
red
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
2002-403 200 (8x25)
3-way
793-5501/000-005
2002-1792 100 (4x25)
blue
2002-404 200 (8x25)
orange
4-way
793-5501/000-006
2002-1791 100 (4x25)
gray
gray
2002-405 100 (4x25)
5-way
793-5501/000-007
orange
2002-406 100 (4x25)
6-way
793-5501/000-012
4-conductor carrier terminal block,
light green
2002-407 100 (4x25)
7-way
793-5501/000-017
3
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12
green
2002-408 100 (4x25)
8-way
793-5501/000-023
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
violet
2002-409 100 (4x25)
9-way
793-5501/000-024
2002-1861
50
gray
2002-410 100 (4x25)
10-way
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
2002-1892 100 (4x25)
orange
IN 25 A,
2002-1891 100 (4x25)
gray
light gray
2002-433 200 (8x25)
from 1 to 3
2-conductor carrier terminal block,
2002-434 200 (8x25)
from 1 to 4
4
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12
2002-435 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 5
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
2002-436 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 6
2002-1961
50
gray
2002-437 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 7
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick
2002-438 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 8
2002-1992 100 (4x25)
orange
2002-439 100 (4x25)
from 1 to 9
2002-1991 100 (4x25)
gray
from 1 to 10 2002-440 100 (4x25)
Protective warning marker,
Multi-purpose operating tool,
with high-voltage symbol, black,
for component plugs
for 5 terminal blocks
2002-116
2002-115 100 (4x25)
yellow
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
5
5
5
Technical Information
1
95
53,3 mm/2.1 in
1
1 2 3 4
<______________ 25,8‒27 ______________>
Ø max.*
* Ø max. 3.4 mm at 5.2 mm module width and
* Ø max. 5.4 mm at 10.4 mm module width
Notice: Reconnection only possible with similar or larger
wire diameter. Smaller wire diameters must be soldered.
Component plugs for building custom circuits.
Solder-free assembly of diodes, resistors, etc.
Picture shows 1N4007 diode.
1±0,075
<__ 5 __>
Plugging a diode module into a through terminal block.
Diode module inserted in a through terminal block.
<___ 6 ___>
<________________ 19 ±0,2 ________________>
<____
When closing the cover, please insert cover as shown in
the illustration.
> max. 15,5 <
<____ 6 ____>
<_________ 12 +0,2
–0,1 _________>
Dimensions of self-assembled PCBs
Module height 2 mm at 5.2 mm module width and
module height 3.3 mm at 10.4 mm module width
Cutting component to the proper length.
Pressing component into plug contact via operating tool.
Pushing PCB into plug contact via operating tool.
>
Opening the cover via multi-purpose operating tool for
component plugs.
Ø
0,5‒1,1
_> <______
Application example showing a pluggable diode module.
1
96
TOPJOB® S
Connectors and Connector Strips
2001/2002 Series
0.25 - 1.5 (2.5) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 14
500 V/6 kV/3 3
300 V, 15 AU
IN 18 A
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 2 AWG 22 - 12
500 V/6 kV/3 3
300 V, 20 AU
IN 24 A
Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in
L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 4
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 4
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
for jumper contact slot,
can be snapped together, gray
2001-511
1-pole
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
for jumper contact slot,
can be snapped together, gray
2002-511
100 (4x25)
1-pole
Spacer module, can be snapped together,
e.g., for bridging commoned terminal blocks
2001-549
gray
Spacer module, can be snapped together,
e.g., for bridging commoned terminal blocks
2002-549
100 (4x25)
gray
TOPJOB®S connector strip,
for jumper contact slot, gray
2001-552
2-pole
2001-553
3-pole
2001-554
4-pole
2001-555
5-pole
2001-556
6-pole
2001-557
7-pole
2001-558
8-pole
2001-559
9-pole
2001-560
10-pole
25
25
25
10
10
10
10
10
10
TOPJOB®S connector strip,
for jumper contact slot, gray
2002-552
2-pole
2002-553
3-pole
2002-554
4-pole
2002-555
5-pole
2002-556
6-pole
2002-557
7-pole
2002-558
8-pole
2002-559
9-pole
2002-560
10-pole
Item-Specific Accessories
Item-Specific Accessories
End plate,
End plate,
Pack.
Unit
Test plug,
100 (4x25)
with 500 mm cable,
2.3 mm Ø
210-137
yellow
50
Test plug,
100 (4x25)
25
25
25
10
10
10
10
10
10
for modular TOPJOB®S connectors,
for modular TOPJOB®S connectors,
1.5 mm thick
1.5 mm thick
2002-541
100 (4x25)
gray
2002-541
gray
100 (4x25)
WMB Inline, plain,
WMB Inline, plain,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm,
stretchable 4 - 4.2 mm,
1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll
2,000 WMB markers, 4 mm, on roll
2009-114
1
white
2009-115
1
white
WMB Multi marking system,
WMB Multi marking system,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
stretchable 4 - 4.2 mm
793-4501
5
plain
793-5501
plain
5
WMB Multi marking system, plain,
WMB Multi marking system, plain,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
stretchable 4 - 4.2 mm
793-4501/000-002
yellow
793-5501/000-002
yellow
793-4501/000-005
red
793-5501/000-005
red
793-4501/000-006
blue
793-5501/000-006
blue
793-4501/000-007
gray
793-5501/000-007
gray
793-4501/000-012
orange
793-5501/000-012
orange
793-4501/000-017
light green
793-5501/000-017
light green
793-4501/000-023
green
793-5501/000-023
green
793-4501/000-024
violet
793-5501/000-024
violet
5
5
Miniature WSB Quick marking system,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
5 mm wide markers
5
plain
248-501
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
Accessories
Appropriate marking systems:
WMB/Marking
with 500 mm cable,
2 mm Ø
210-136
red
Strain relief plate, gray
734-326
35 mm width
734-327
6 mm wide
12.5 mm width 734-328
734-329
25 mm wide
Marking strip, plain,
11 mm wide,
50 m roll
white
2009-110
50
100
100
100
100
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
1
– Handling –
TOPJOB®S Connectors
S
1
97
1
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 2.5 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 2.5 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 1.5 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
Snapping connectors and spacer modules together to
assemble a multipole connector.
These modular connectors provide an additional connection option for conductors of the same cross section range
as the terminal blocks being used.
2 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
3 500 V = rated voltage
6 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
4 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
Conductor termination:
– Using an operating tool for unferruled, fine-stranded
conductors
– Push-in connection of solid conductors
The connectors have a test socket for 2 mm Ø or
2.3 mm Ø test plugs.
Snapping on a strain relief plate.
Rail-mounted terminal block assembly for electric motor
wiring.
1
98
TOPJOB® S
Connectors 4 (6) mm²
2004/2006/2010/2016 Series
0.5 - 4 (6) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 10
500 V/6 kV/3 2
300 V, 30 AU
IN 32 A
0.5 - 4 (6) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 10
500 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 32 A
0.5 - 4 (6) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 10
500 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 32 A
Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in
L 11 - 13 mm / 0.47 in 3
Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in
L 11 - 13 mm / 0.47 in 3
Terminal block width 10 mm / 0.394 in
L 11 - 13 mm / 0.47 in 3
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
for jumper contact slot,
can be snapped together, gray
2004-511
1-pole
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
for jumper contact slot,
can be snapped together, gray
100 (4x25)
2006-511
1-pole
Spacer module, can be snapped together,
e.g., for bridging commoned terminal blocks
2004-549
gray
Spacer module, can be snapped together,
e.g., for bridging commoned terminal blocks
100 (4x25)
2006-549
gray
TOPJOB®S connector strip,
for jumper contact slot, gray
2004-552
2-pole
2004-553
3-pole
2004-554
4-pole
2004-555
5-pole
25
25
25
10
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
50 (2x25)
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
for jumper contact slot,
can be snapped together, gray
2010-511
1-pole
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
Spacer module, can be snapped together,
e.g., for bridging commoned terminal blocks
2010-549
gray
50 (2x25)
Item-Specific Accessories
Test plug,
with 500 mm cable,
2.3 mm Ø
210-137
yellow
50
Accessories
Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips
(see Section 13)
End plate,
Test plug,
Strain relief plate, gray
35 mm width
for modular TOPJOB®S connectors,
6 mm wide
1.5 mm thick
2004-541 100 (4x25)
12.5 mm width
gray
25 mm wide
with 500 mm cable,
2 mm Ø
50
210-136
red
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
734-326
734-327
734-328
734-329
100
100
100
100
Marking strip, plain,
(4x25)
11 mm wide,
(4x25)
50 m roll
(4x25)
white
2009-110
(4x25) WMB Multi marking system,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
plain
793-5501
1
5
S
1
99
0.5 - 4 (6) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 10
500 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 32 A
1
Terminal block width 12 mm / 0.472 in
L 11 - 13 mm / 0.47 in 3
1 Conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 6 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 1 mm² – 6 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 4 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
2 500 V = rated voltage
6 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
for jumper contact slot,
can be snapped together, gray
1-pole
2016-511
50 (2x25)
Spacer module, can be snapped together,
e.g., for bridging commoned terminal blocks
gray
2016-549
50 (2x25)
1
100
!
TOPJOB® S
L-Type Test Plug Modules for Testing Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks
Terminal Block Width 5.2 mm via Conductor Wire Opening, 2002 Series
0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12
500 V/6 kV/3 2
IN 18 A
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3
TOPJOB®S L-type test plug assembly consisting of:
L-test plug modules and spacer modules
1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”;
Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s”
and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm²
“insulated ferrule, 12 mm”
2 500 V = rated voltage
6 kV = rated surge voltage
3 = pollution degree
(see Section 14)
3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions.
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
TOPJOB®S L-test plug module, can be snapped together, gray
According to EN 61984, connectors without current interrupting capacity shall not be mated and unmated when
live or under load.
2002-611
1-pole
100 (4x25)
TOPJOB®S L-type spacer module,
can be snapped together,
e.g., for bridging commoned terminal blocks
2002-649
gray
L-type test plug modules fitted in a triple-deck terminal
block
100 (4x25)
Accessories L-Type Test Plug Modules
Appropriate marking systems:
WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline
End plate, for modular TOPJOB®S test plugs,
1.5 mm thick
gray
2002-641
100 (4x25)
Test plug,
with 500 mm cable,
2 mm Ø
red
210-136
50
Test plug,
with 500 mm cable,
2.3 mm Ø
yellow
210-137
Strain relief plate, gray
35 mm width 734-326
6 mm wide
734-327
12.5 mm width 734-328
25 mm wide 734-329
50
100
100
100
100
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
(4x25)
WMB Inline, plain,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm,
1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll
white
2009-115
WMB Multi marking system,
10 strips with 10 markers per card,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm
plain
793-5501
L-type test plug module, cross-sectional view of contact
1
5
Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623.
TOPJOB® S
Adjacent Jumpers for Continuous Commoning and
Colored Push-In Type Jumper Bars, 2002 Series
Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning
Push-in type jumper bar
1
101
Push-in type jumper bar
1
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulatPush-in type jumper bar, insulated,
ed,
IN 25 A,
red
IN 25 A, light gray
100 (4x25)
2002-400
2002-402/000-005
2-way
2-way
2002-403/000-005
3-way
2002-404/000-005
4-way
Item No.
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 25 A,
blue
2-way
2002-402/000-006
3-way
2002-403/000-006
4-way
2002-404/000-006
200 (8x25)
5-way
6-way
7-way
8-way
9-way
10-way
2002-405/000-005
2002-406/000-005
2002-407/000-005
2002-408/000-005
2002-409/000-005
2002-410/000-005
200 (8x25)
5-way
6-way
7-way
8-way
9-way
10-way
2002-405/000-006
2002-406/000-006
2002-407/000-006
2002-408/000-006
2002-409/000-006
2002-410/000-006
100 (4x25)
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 14 A,
red
2000-402/000-005
2-way
2000-403/000-005
3-way
2000-404/000-005
4-way
100 (4x25)
Push-in type jumper bar, insulated,
IN 14 A,
blue
2000-402/000-006
2-way
2000-403/000-006
3-way
2000-404/000-006
4-way
200 (8x25)
5-way
6-way
7-way
8-way
9-way
10-way
2000-405/000-005
2000-406/000-005
2000-407/000-005
2000-408/000-005
2000-409/000-005
2000-410/000-005
200 (8x25)
5-way
6-way
7-way
8-way
9-way
10-way
100 (4x25)
Adjacent jumpers for continuous commoning
Pack.
Unit
Colored push-in type jumper bars are used with sensor terminal blocks.
2000-405/000-006
2000-406/000-006
2000-407/000-006
2000-408/000-006
2000-409/000-006
2000-410/000-006
100 (4x25)
1
TOPJOB® S
Push-In Type Wire Jumpers
102
Push-in type wire jumper
Push-in type wire jumper
IN 9 A
Conductor size 0.75 mm²
IN 18 A
Conductor size 1.5 mm²
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Push-in type wire jumper, insulated,
conductor cross section 0.75 mm²,
suitable for 2000 and 2020 Series rail-mounted terminal
blocks
L = 60 mm
100 (10x10)
2009-402
L = 110 mm
100 (10x10)
2009-404
L = 250 mm
100 (10x10)
2009-406
Push-in type wire jumper, insulated,
conductor cross section 1.5 mm²,
suitable for 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2022 Series
rail-mounted terminal blocks
L = 60 mm
100 (10x10)
2009-412
L = 110 mm
100 (10x10)
2009-414
L = 250 mm
100 (10x10)
2009-416
Push down the wire jumper until fully inserted.
Lift the jumper with an operating tool for rewiring.
Push down the wire jumper until fully inserted.
Lift the jumper with an operating tool for rewiring.
TOPJOB® S
Star Point Jumpers and Delta Jumpers
1
103
Star point jumper
800 V/8 kV/3
IN = IN terminal block
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Star point jumper, insulated,
1-3-5,
light gray
2000-405/011-000
2001-405/011-000
2002-405/011-000
2004-405/011-000
2006-405/011-000
2010-405/011-000
2016-405/011-000
Delta jumper
800 V/8 kV/3
IN = IN terminal block
Item No.
1
Pack.
Unit
Delta jumper, insulated,
1-2 3-4 5-6,
light gray
100 (4x25)
2000-406/020-000
2001-406/020-000
2002-406/020-000
2004-406/020-000
100 (4x25)
50 (2x25)
This jumper has been specially developed to create a “star
point” and is used on motor terminal boards equipped
with TOPJOB®S rail-mount terminal blocks.
This jumper has been specially developed to create a “delta” configuration and is used on motor terminal boards
equipped with TOPJOB®S rail-mounted terminal blocks.
1
104
TOPJOB® S
Staggered Jumpers
2002 Series
Staggered jumper
400 V/6 kV/3
IN 25 A
Staggered jumper with 7 contacts
Breaking off contact lugs – Individual jumper contacts can
be broken off by bending them. The remaining piece of
insulation will meet requirements for clearances and creepage distances.
Item No.
Insert staggered jumper
Push staggered jumper down until fully inserted.
Pack.
Unit
Staggered jumper, insulated,
suitable for 2002, 2003 and 2022 Series rail-mounted
terminal blocks, light gray
100 (4x25)
2-way
2002-472
100 (4x25)
3-way
2002-473
100 (4x25)
4-way
2002-474
50 (2x25)
5-way
2002-475
50 (2x25)
6-way
2002-476
50 (2x25)
7-way
2002-477
50 (2x25)
8-way
2002-478
50 (2x25) Staggered jumper 1 – 3 – 5 – 7
9-way
2002-479
50 (2x25) Marking with a felt-tip pen.
10-way
2002-480
50 (2x25)
11-way
2002-481
50 (2x25)
12-way
2002-482
Locate red stripes of the staggered jumpers on the inside
Commoning using staggered jumpers
Individual jumper contacts can be broken off by bending
them. The remaining piece of insulation will meet the
requirements for clearances and creepage distances.
This makes it possible to create custom staggered jumpers,
e.g. for bridging over a terminal block with a different
potential. When creating the jumpers, ensure only one
contact lug is in contact with the terminal block.
The contact lugs of the customized staggered jumpers contact the terminal blocks via the gaps created in the second
jumper. Insert and press jumper into the jumper slot until it
hits the backstop.
Jumpers staggered in a jumper slot
Custom staggered jumpers can be created, e.g., for bridging over a terminal block with a different potential. Make
sure only one contact lug is in contact with the terminal
block.
That way, staggered jumpers are created with contact lugs
that will make contact to the terminal block in the gaps of
the second jumper. Insert the ready-made jumper assembly
into the jumper slot until it hits the stop.
Staggered jumpers for sophisticated circuit requirements.
Staggered jumper removal
Insert the operating tool between the jumpers and lift up
the jumper.
TOPJOB® S
Vertical Jumpers
2000 and 2002 Series
Double-deck vertical jumper
500 V/6 kV/3
IN 13.5 A
Item No.
2000-492
Double-deck vertical jumper, inserted.
105
Double-deck vertical jumper
500 V/6 kV/3
IN 24 A
Pack.
Unit
Double-deck vertical jumper, insulated
light gray
1
Item No.
Triple-deck vertical jumper
500 V/6 kV/3
IN 24 A
Pack.
Unit
Double-deck vertical jumper, insulated
100 (4x25)
light gray
orange
2002-492
2002-492/000-012
Double-deck vertical jumper, inserted.
Item No.
1
Pack.
Unit
Triple-deck vertical jumper, insulated
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
light gray
2002-493
Triple-deck vertical jumper, inserted.
100 (4x25)
1
TOPJOB® S
Disconnect Plugs for Carrier Terminal Blocks
106
Disconnect plug for carrier terminal blocks
400 V/6 kV/3
IN 10 A
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Disconnect plug for carrier terminal blocks
800 V/8 kV/3
IN 30 A
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Disconnect plug for carrier terminal blocks, suited
Disconnect plug for carrier terminal blocks, suited
when using a carrier terminal block as disconnect terminal when using a carrier terminal block as disconnect terminal
block
block
orange
100 (4x25)
orange
100 (4x25)
2002-401
2006-401
Carrier terminal block with disconnect plug in operating
position.
Carrier terminal block with disconnect plug in parked position.
TOPJOB® S
Lockout Caps
1
107
Lockout cap
1
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Lockout cap, for conductor entry hole and operating slot
gray
2006-191
25
Lockout cap for covering unused clamping units of 2006
Series TOPJOB®S terminal blocks.
Lockout cap for covering unused clamping units of 2006
Series TOPJOB®S terminal blocks.
1
TOPJOB® S
WMB Inline, Mini-WSB Inline and Marking Strips
108
WMB Inline
Mini-WSB Inline
Marking strip
Similiar to picture
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
WMB Inline, plain,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm,
1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll
2009-115
white
1
WMB Inline, plain,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm,
8,000 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll
2009-135
white
1
WMB Inline, plain,
stretchable 4 - 4.2 mm,
2,000 WMB markers, 4 mm, on roll
2009-114
white
1
WMB Inline
2009-115 markers for 5 - 5.2 mm wide terminal blocks
compared to 2009-114 markers for 4 - 4.2 mm wide terminal blocks
Item No.
Mini-WSB Inline, plain,
stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm,
1,700 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll
2009-145
white
WMB Inline
WMB markers on roll
Pack.
Unit
1
Item No.
Marking strip, plain,
11 mm wide,
white
50 m roll
2009-110
Marker strips for center marking
Pack.
Unit
1
TOPJOB® S
Group Marker Carriers and Marker Carriers
1
109
Group marker carrier
Marker carrier
1
This pivoting group marker carrier has been developed for
group marking of rail-mount terminal blocks to satisfy several customer requirements:
· Can be used in all multiprofile marker slots for rail-mount
terminal bocks from 5 mm on or in spacer housings as
shown above.
· Improves marking visibility due to difficult mounting
conditions by pivoting into one of seven stable positions.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
TOPJOB®S group marker carrier,
snap-on type for jumper slot,
gray
5 mm wide
2009-191
10 mm wide
2009-192
15 mm wide
2009-193
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
TOPJOB®S group marker carrier,
snap-on type for jumper slot,
gray
10 mm wide
2009-196
50 (2x25)
Item No.
Marker carrier,
for jumper slots 2002 Series,
5 mm wide
gray
2002-161
Pack.
Unit
100 (4x25)
Marking strip carriers
for use in jumper slots
>
__
__
__
__
_
Level a
5_
_3
__
__
_
_
__
<
<_ 11* _>
Level b
* from upper-edge of terminal block
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Pivoting group marker carrier
gray
249-105
Marker card, 4 x 30 markers per sheet
white
209-183
Protection cover
transparent
209-184
50 (2x25)
1
50
Item No.
Marker carrier,
for lateral marker receptacle,
5 mm wide
gray
2009-198
Pack.
Unit
200 (8x25)
Marking strip carriers
for use in lateral marker slots
Variocrimp 4 crimping tool
for insulated and uninsulated ferrules
0.25 mm² - 4 mm²/AWG 24 - 12
Ferrule, insulated,
tin-plated,
electrolytic copper,
gastight crimped
Variocrimp 16 crimping tool
for insulated and uninsulated ferrules
6 mm² - 16 mm²/AWG 10 - 6
<__ D1 __>
<____ D ____>
110
<D2>
1
TOPJOB® S
Ferrules for Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks and
Crimping Tools
<_______ L1 _______>
<_______________ L ______________>
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Ferrule, insulated,
according to DIN 46228, part 4/09.90
white
gray
gray
red
red
black
black
black
blue
blue
blue
gray
gray
yellow
yellow
blue
blue
216-241
216-242
216-262
216-243
216-263
216-244
216-264
216-284
216-246
216-266
216-286
216-267
216-287
216-208
216-288
216-289
216-210
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Variocrimp 4 crimping tool,
0.25 mm² - 4 mm²/AWG 24 - 12
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
500
100
500
500
100
206-204
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Variocrimp 16 crimping tool,
6 mm² - 16 mm²/AWG 10 - 6
1
206-216
1
Ferrules
Technical Data
Ferrule, insulated,
sleeve for 0.5 mm²/AWG 22,
12 mm strip length,
L: 16 mm, L1: 10 mm,
D: 3.1 mm, D1: 2.6 mm, D2: 1 mm
216-241
white
Ferrule, insulated,
sleeve for 1 mm²/AWG 18,
12 mm strip length,
L: 16 mm, L1: 10 mm,
D: 3.5 mm, D1: 3 mm, D2: 1.4 mm
216-243
red
Ferrule, insulated,
sleeve for 1.5 mm²/AWG 16,
14 mm strip length,
L: 18 mm, L1: 12 mm,
D: 4 mm, D1: 3.5 mm, D2: 1.7 mm
216-264
black
Ferrule, insulated,
sleeve for 0.75 mm²/AWG 20,
12 mm strip length,
L: 16 mm, L1: 10 mm,
D: 3.3 mm, D1: 2.8 mm, D2: 1.2 mm
216-242
gray
Ferrule, insulated,
sleeve for 1 mm²/AWG 18,
14 mm strip length,
L: 18 mm, L1: 12 mm,
D: 3.5 mm, D1: 3 mm, D2: 1.4 mm
216-263
red
Ferrule, insulated,
sleeve for 1.5 mm²/AWG 16,
20 mm strip length,
L: 24 mm, L1: 18 mm,
D: 4 mm, D1: 3.5 mm, D2: 1.7 mm
216-284
black
Ferrule, insulated,
sleeve for 0.75 mm²/AWG 20,
14 mm strip length,
L: 18 mm, L1: 12 mm,
D: 3.3 mm, D1: 2.8 mm, D2: 1.2 mm
216-262
gray
Ferrule, insulated,
sleeve for 1.5 mm²/AWG 16,
12 mm strip length,
L: 16 mm, L1: 10 mm,
D: 4 mm, D1: 3.5 mm, D2: 1.7 mm
216-244
black
Ferrule, insulated,
sleeve for 2.5 mm²/AWG 14,
12 mm strip length,
L: 17 mm, L1: 10 mm,
D: 4.7 mm, D1: 4.2 mm, D2: 2.2 mm
blue
216-246
1
111
Insert ferruled conductor into crimping station.
Squeeze handles until ratchet mechanism is released.
Application notes:
· With “Variocrimp 4,” the built-in crimping pressure
control automatically adjusts force to the conductor
cross section used. With “Variocrimp 16,” it is
necessary to select the wire gauge on the tool before
crimping.
· Only one crimping station is needed to handle the specified conductor size range.
· Uniform compact crimping from all four sides for high
conductor retention.
· No need to center the conductor into the ferrule.
· Conductor and ferrule insertion possible from both sides
(for left- and right-handers).
· Built-in ratchet mechanism ensures gastight crimp
connection.
· Crimping tools open automatically after crimping
operation is complete.
· Comfortable handles for operator.
Ferrules
Technical Data
Ferrule, insulated,
Sleeve for 2.5 mm² / AWG 14,
20 mm strip length,
L: 25 mm, L1: 18 mm,
D: 4.7 mm, D1: 4.2 mm, D2: 2.2 mm
blue
216-286
Ferrule, insulated,
Sleeve for 16 mm² / AWG 6,
23 mm strip length,
L: 29 mm, L1: 18 mm,
D: 9.6 mm, D1: 8.8 mm, D2: 5.8 mm
blue
216-210
Ferrule, insulated,
Sleeve for 4 mm² / AWG 12,
14 mm strip length,
L: 20 mm, L1: 12 mm,
D: 5.4 mm, D1: 4.8 mm, D2: 2.8 mm
gray
216-267
Ferrule, insulated,
Sleeve for 4 mm² / AWG 12,
20 mm strip length,
L: 26 mm, L1: 18 mm,
D: 5.4 mm, D1: 4.8 mm, D2: 2.8 mm
gray
216-287
Ferrule, insulated,
Sleeve for 6 mm² / AWG 10,
14 mm strip length,
L: 20 mm, L1: 12 mm,
D: 6.8 mm, D1: 6.2 mm, D2: 3.5 mm
yellow
216-208
Ferrule, insulated,
Sleeve for 6 mm² / AWG 10,
20 mm strip length,
L: 26 mm, L1: 18 mm,
D: 6.9 mm, D1: 6.3 mm, D2: 3.5 mm
yellow
216-288
Stranded conductors with ferrules
from at least two sizes below the rated cross section up to
the rated cross section can be simply pushed in – without
tools.
<__ D1 __>
<____ D ____>
Ferrule, insulated,
Sleeve for 10 mm² / AWG 8,
20 mm strip length,
L: 28 mm, L1: 18 mm,
D: 8.4 mm, D1: 7.6 mm, D2: 4.5 mm
blue
216-289
<D2>
Ferrule, insulated,
Sleeve for 2.5 mm² / AWG 14,
14 mm strip length,
L: 19 mm, L1: 12 mm,
D: 4.7 mm, D1: 4.2 mm, D2: 2.2 mm
216-266
blue
<_______ L1 _______>
<_______________ L ______________>
For dimensions of insulated ferrules,
see technical data.
1